Excavator John Deree

TM 5-3805-294-10
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR (HYEX)

(JOHN DEERE 240D LCR)
TYPE 1 WITH HYDRAULIC THUMB AND QUICK LATCH
NSN 3805-01-573-0677 (EIC : ALL)
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

0$5&+
TM 5-3805-294-10
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and
applied during operation and maintenance of the machine. Failure to observe these precautions or operating this
machine without training or instruction may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
FIRST AID
First aid is defined as "urgent and immediate lifesaving and other measures, which may be performed for casualties
by nonmedical personnel when medical personnel are not immediately available."
FOR FIRST AID INFORMATION, REFER TO FM 4-25.11.
EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS
AIR PRESSURE - Human hand blocking air gun shows the need to reduce air
pressure before use, or debris may injure user and/or damage equipment.
BIOLOGICAL - Abstract bug symbol shows that a material may contain bacteria
or viruses that present a danger to life or health.
EAR PROTECTION - Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears.
ELECTRICAL - Electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through

human hand shows that shock hazard is present.
EXPLOSION - Human figure in front of explosion symbol shows that the material
may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high pressure.
EXTREMELY COLD SURFACE - Hand touching object with ice formed on both
shows that surface is extremely cold and can damage human tissue.
EYE PROTECTION - Person with goggles shows that material will injure the eyes.
TM 5-3805-294-10
WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS - Continued
FIRE - Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER - Fire extinguisher shows that material may ignite and a fire
extinguisher should be within easy reach.
HEAVY OBJECT - Human figure stooping over heavy object shows physical injury
potential for improper lifting technique, and/or aid of assistant(s) and/or lifting device
(as required).
HEAVY PARTS - Hand with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush
and harm.
HEAVY PARTS - Foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush
and harm.
HEAVY PARTS - Moving heavy object pinning human figure against stationary
object shows that heavy, moving parts/objects present a danger to life or limb.
HEAVY PARTS - Heavy object on human figure shows that heavy parts present a
danger to life or limb.
HOT AREA - Hand over object radiating heats shows that part is hot and can burn.
MOVING PARTS - Hand with fingers caught between gears shows that the moving
parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
TM 5-3805-294-10

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS - Continued
POISON - Skull and crossbones symbol shows that dangerous gases, sprays,
vapors, liquids, or materials contain compounds that present a danger to life or
health.
PROJECTILE HAZARD - Human body with object passing through it shows that a
projectile hazard exists.
RADIATION - Three circular wedges show that the material emits radioactive
energy and can injure human tissue.
SEAT BELT USE - Human figure wearing seat belt indicates a seat belt must be
used to prevent injury or death in the event of a vehicle crash or rollover.
SKIN IRRITATION - Hand radiating shows that material can cause skin irritation.
SLICK FLOOR - Wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents
a danger of falling.
STEAM HAZARD - Human engulfed in steam cloud shows steam hazard exists
that could injure/burn human tissue.
VAPOR - Human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to
life or health.
WARNING - Triangle with exclamation point within shows that a WARNING is

present that indicates a potential hazard, which may cause injury or death to
personnel.
WARNING DESCRIPTIONS
TM 5-3805-294-10

WARNING
Perform a complete walk around the machine prior to starting the engine. Ensure sufficient
clearance from personnel and equipment for safe operation of machine. Prior to starting
engine, sound horn to alert personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
WARNING
SAFE CLEARANCE:
Before moving the machine or operating the boom, ensure that the boom has at least 10
ft. (3 m) of clearance from overhead wires, power lines, or structures. If lines are near to
your operating area, notify your supervisor prior to operating the boom. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.
Keep personnel clear of the machine when traveling. Failure to comply may result in injury
or death to personnel.
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
Work perpendicular to or at an angle to excavation, with travel motors to the rear of the
machine. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Do not drive near the edge of an excavation or trench. Failure to comply may result in
injury or death to personnel.
Do not dig under the machine. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
To prevent the spoil pile from caving in the excavation, spoil piles should be placed at
least 3 ft (1 m) from trench. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
DIESEL FUEL
Diesel fuel is highly flammable and can be accidentally ignited. Do not smoke or allow
open flame or sparks in the vicinity while working on any part of fuel system. Keep fire
TM 5-3805-294-10

extinguisher within easy reach when working with fuel. Failure to comply may result in
Spilled fuel is slippery and creates a hazardous condition. Clean up and properly dispose
of spilled fuel as soon as possible. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
Safety glasses must be worn when working on pressurized systems. Failure to comply
WARNING
LUBRICATING OIL
Prolonged contact with lubricating oil may cause skin rash. Remove saturated clothing
immediately and wash skin thoroughly that comes in contact with lubricating oil. Failure
to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Spilled oil is slippery and creates a hazardous condition. Clean up and properly dispose
of hydraulic oil. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Ensure electrical power is off prior to working on all electrical connections. Remove all jewelry
such as rings, ID tags, bracelets, etc., prior to working on or around vehicle. Jewelry and tools
can catch on equipment, contact positive electrical circuits, and cause a direct short, severe
burns, or electrical shock. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
LEAD-ACID BATTERIES
Avoid battery electrolyte contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. If battery electrolyte spills,
take the following immediate action to stop burning effects:
External - If battery electrolyte contacts skin, immediately flush affected area with cold
running water. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Eyes - If battery electrolyte contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with cold water for 15
minutes and seek immediate medical attention. IMPORTANT - If only one eye is affected,
ensure the affected eye is always kept lower than the unaffected eye, during both flushing
TM 5-3805-294-10

and transport. This will help keep the affected eye from draining into and contaminating
the unaffected eye. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Internal - If battery electrolyte is ingested, drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow
with milk of magnesia, a beaten egg, or vegetable oil and seek immediate medical
attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Clothing or vehicle - Immediately flush area with cold water and neutralize battery
electrolyte with baking soda or household ammonia solution. Failure to comply may result
in injury or death to personnel.
Batteries produce explosive gases. Do not smoke or use open flame near batteries. Do
not allow hot, sparking, or glowing objects near batteries. If batteries are giving off gases,
the presence of heat, flame, or spark may cause fire and/or explosion. Failure to comply
Wear proper eye protection, gloves, and an apron when working near batteries. Failure
WARNING
Chemical Agent Resistant Coating (CARC) paint contains isocyanate which is highly irritating
to skin and respiratory system. High concentrations of isocyanate can produce symptoms of
itching and reddening of skin, a burning sensation in the throat and nose, and watering of the
eyes. In extreme concentrations, isocyanate can cause cough, shortness of breath, pain
during respiration, increased sputum production, and chest tightness. First aid for ingestion:
do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek
medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation
subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh
air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
If Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical (NBC) exposure is suspected, all filter media should be
handled by personnel wearing protective equipment. Consult your unit NBC Officer or NBC
NCO for appropriate handling or disposal instructions. Failure to comply may result in injury
TM 5-3805-294-10

WARNING
Personnel hearing can be permanently damaged if exposed to constant high noise levels of
85 dB or greater. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
Unless otherwise specified, perform all maintenance procedures with all attachments lowered
to the ground, pilot shutoff lever in the up position, and engine shut off. Failure to comply may
result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Do not operate bucket or any attachment if the quick attach wedge is not fully seated and the
safety lock pin is not in the locked position . The bucket or attachment may fall. One exception
to this rule is when specifically instructed to do so during the removing and installing of bucket
or attachment to and from machine. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE
Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless, deadly poison which, when breathed, deprives
the body of oxygen and causes suffocation. Exposure to air containing carbon monoxide
produces symptoms of headache, dizziness, loss of muscular control, apparent
drowsiness, and coma. Permanent brain damage or death to personnel can result from
severe exposure.
Carbon monoxide occurs in exhaust fumes from internal combustion engines. It also
occurs in exhaust fumes from engine coolant heater (arctic machine only). Carbon
monoxide can become dangerously concentrated under conditions of inadequate
ventilation. The following precautions must be observed to ensure safety of personnel
when engine of HYEX is operated:
1. DO NOT operate engine in enclosed areas without adequate ventilation.
TM 5-3805-294-10
WARNING SUMMARY
2. DO NOT idle engine without adequate ventilation.
3. DO NOT drive machine with inspection plates or cover plates removed.
4. BE ALERT for exhaust poisoning symptoms. They are:
Headache
Dizziness
Sleepiness
Loss of muscular control
5. If you see another person with exhaust poisoning symptoms:

Remove person from area
Expose to fresh air
Keep person warm
DO NOT permit physical exercise
Administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if necessary
Notify a Medic
6. BE AWARE. The field protective mask for nuclear-biological-chemical (NBC) protection

will NOT protect you from carbon monoxide poisoning.
THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS GOOD
VENTILATION. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
TM 5-3805-294-10
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

NOTE: Zero in the "Change No." column indicates an original page or work package.
Date of issue for the original manual is:
Original
07 March 2011
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 54 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF
WORK PACKAGES IS 100 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
CHANGE
NO.
PAGE/WP NO.
Front Cover
Warning summary (10 pgs)
i-ii
iii-xxiv
How to use this manual (2 pgs)
Chapter 1 title page
Blank
WP0001 (4 pgs)
WP0002 (12 pgs)
WP0003 (10 pgs)
Blank
WP0004 (16 pgs)
WP0005 (8 pgs)
WP0006 (2 pgs)
WP0007 (6 pgs)
WP0008 (6 pgs)
WP0009 (4 pgs)
WP0010 (4 pgs)
WP0011 (6 pgs)
WP0012 (4 pgs)
WP0013 (4 pgs)
WP0014 (10 pgs)
WP0015 (2 pgs)
WP0016 (10 pgs)
WP0017 (4 pgs)
WP0018 (2 pgs)
WP0019 (16 pgs)
WP0020 (16 pgs)
WP0021 (14 pgs)
WP0022 (4 pgs)
WP0023 (6 pgs)
WP0024 (4 pgs)
WP0025 (12 pgs)
WP0026 (4 pgs)
WP0027 (14 pgs)
WP0028 (2 pgs)
WP0029 (2 pgs)
WP0030 (8 pgs)
WP0031 (8 pgs)
WP0032 (2 pgs)
CHANGE
NO.
PAGE/WP NO.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WP0033 (2 pgs)
WP0034 (6 pgs)
WP0035 (6 pgs)
WP0036 (4 pgs)
Blank
WP0037 (2 pgs)
WP0038 (2 pgs)
WP0039 (2 pgs)
WP0040 (2 pgs)
WP0041 (2 pgs)
WP0042 (2 pgs)
WP0043 (2 pgs)
WP0044 (2 pgs)
WP0045 (2 pgs)
WP0046 (2 pgs)
WP0047 (4 pgs)
WP0048 (2 pgs)
WP0049 (2 pgs)
WP0050 (2 pgs)
WP0051 (2 pgs)
WP0052 (2 pgs)
WP0053 (2 pgs)
WP0054 (2 pgs)
WP0055 (2 pgs)
WP0056 (2 pgs)
WP0057 (2 pgs)
WP0058 (2 pgs)
WP0059 (2 pgs)
WP0060 (2 pgs)
WP0061 (2 pgs)
WP0062 (2 pgs)
WP0063 (2 pgs)
WP0064 (2 pgs)
WP0065 (2 pgs)
WP0066 (2 pgs)
WP0067 (2 pgs)
WP0068 (2 pgs)
WP0069 (2 pgs)
WP0070 (2 pgs)
WP0071 (2 pgs)
A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TM 5-3805-294-10
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

CHANGE
NO.
PAGE/WP NO.
WP0072 (2 pgs)
WP0073 (2 pgs)
WP0074 (2 pgs)
WP0075 (2 pgs)
Blank
WP0076 (4 pgs)
WP0077 (40 pgs)
Blank
WP0078 (2 pgs)
WP0079 (2 pgs)
WP0080 (6 pgs)
WP0081 (2 pgs)
WP0082 (2 pgs)
WP0083 (2 pgs)
WP0084 (8 pgs)
WP0085 (4 pgs)
WP0086 (2 pgs)
CHANGE
NO.
PAGE/WP NO.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WP0087 (6 pgs)
WP0088 (4 pgs)
WP0089 (4 pgs)
WP0090 (4 pgs)
WP0091 (4 pgs)
WP0092 (6 pgs)
WP0093 (2 pgs)
Blank
WP0094 (4 pgs)
WP0095 (6 pgs)
WP0096 (2 pgs)
WP0097 (2 pgs)
WP0098 (4 pgs)
WP0099 (2 pgs)
WP0100 (22 pgs)
INDEX-1 - INDEX-4
Inside back cover
Back cover
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TM 5-3805-294-10
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 07 MARCH 2011
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATORS MANUAL
FOR HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR TYPE 1 (HYEX)
NSN 3805-01-573-0677 (EIC ALL)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any
improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to
submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the
Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. The Internet address is
https://aeps.ria.army.mil. The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section in the
AEPS Public Home Page. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS website
will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028
program.
You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM
Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle
Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI
48397-5000. The e-mail address is: tacomlcmc.daform2028@us.army.mil. The fax number is DSN
793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726. A reply will be furnished to you.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.+($'48$57(56
i/ii blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
WP Sequence No.
How to Use this Manual
Chapter 1 - OPERATOR GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0001
Table 1.
List of Abbreviations/Acronyms............................................................................................ 0001-2
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA................................................................................................... WP 0002

Figure 1.
Right View of HYEX............................................................................................................. 0002-3
Table 1.
Right View of HYEX............................................................................................................. 0002-3
Figure 2.
Left View of HYEX................................................................................................................ 0002-4
Table 2.
Left View of HYEX................................................................................................................ 0002-4
Figure 3.
Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0002-5
Table 3.
Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0002-5
Table 4.
Equipment Data.................................................................................................................... 0002-6
Figure 4.
HYEX Specifications............................................................................................................ 0002-7
Table 5.
HYEX Specification.............................................................................................................. 0002-7
Figure 5.
HYEX Working Ranges........................................................................................................ 0002-8
Table 6.
HYEX Working Ranges........................................................................................................ 0002-9
Table 7.
Front Lift Capacities........................................................................................................... 0002-10
Table 8.
Side Lift Capacities............................................................................................................. 0002-11
Table 9.
HYEX Weights With Attachments...................................................................................... 0002-12
Table 10.
Deep Dig Arm Weights....................................................................................................... 0002-12
THEORY OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0003

Figure 1.
Electrical System Components............................................................................................ 0003-2
Table 1.
Electrical System Components............................................................................................ 0003-2
Figure 2.
Hydraulic System Components............................................................................................ 0003-3
Table 2.
Hydraulic System Components............................................................................................ 0003-3
Figure 3.
Hydraulic System Components Continued........................................................................... 0003-4
Table 3.
Hydraulic System Components Continued........................................................................... 0003-4
iii
TM 5-3805-294-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 4.
Powertrain Components....................................................................................................... 0003-5
Table 4.
Powertrain Components....................................................................................................... 0003-5
Figure 5.
Fuel System Components.................................................................................................... 0003-6
Table 5.
Fuel System Components.................................................................................................... 0003-6
Figure 6.
High-Pressure Pump and Injectors...................................................................................... 0003-7
Table 6.
High-Pressure Pump and Injectors...................................................................................... 0003-7
Figure 7.
Cooling Package.................................................................................................................. 0003-8
Table 7.
Cooling Package.................................................................................................................. 0003-8
Figure 8.
Cooling System Components............................................................................................... 0003-9
Table 8.
Cooling System Components............................................................................................... 0003-9
Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS........................................... WP 0004
Table 1.
Front Switch Panel............................................................................................................... 0004-1
Figure 1.
Front Switch Panel............................................................................................................... 0004-1
Figure 2.
Front Switch Panel Continued.............................................................................................. 0004-2
Table 2.
Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio.............................................................. 0004-3
Figure 3.
Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio.............................................................. 0004-3
Figure 4.
Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio Continued............................................. 0004-4
Table 3.
Control Pedals and Levers................................................................................................... 0004-5
Figure 5.
Control Pedals and Levers................................................................................................... 0004-5
Figure 6.
Control Pedals and Levers Continued.................................................................................. 0004-6
Table 4.
Left Console and Pilot Shutoff Lever.................................................................................... 0004-7
Figure 7.
Left Console and Pilot Shutoff Lever.................................................................................... 0004-7
Table 5.
Right and Left Pilot Control Levers....................................................................................... 0004-8
Figure 8.
Right Pilot Control Lever...................................................................................................... 0004-8
Figure 9.
Left Pilot Control Lever......................................................................................................... 0004-9
Table 6.
Seat Controls...................................................................................................................... 0004-10
iv
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 10.
Seat Controls...................................................................................................................... 0004-10
Table 7.
Cab Door Release Lever and Coolant Heater Display....................................................... 0004-12
Figure 11.
Cab Door Release Lever and Coolant Heater Display....................................................... 0004-12
Table 8.
Quick Latch Control............................................................................................................ 0004-13
Figure 12.
Quick Latch Control............................................................................................................ 0004-13
Table 9.
Cab Light Switch................................................................................................................ 0004-14
Figure 13.
Cab Light Switch................................................................................................................ 0004-14
Table 10.
Hydraulic Hose Reel........................................................................................................... 0004-15
Figure 14.
Hydraulic Hose Reel........................................................................................................... 0004-15
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF MONITOR AND ALARMS........................................................................... WP 0005

Table 1.
Monitor Buttons and Indicators............................................................................................. 0005-1
Figure 1.
Monitor................................................................................................................................. 0005-1
Figure 2.
Monitor Buttons.................................................................................................................... 0005-2
Figure 3.
Main Menu............................................................................................................................ 0005-3
Figure 4.
Monitor Indicators................................................................................................................. 0005-4
Table 2.
Warning Indicators and Alarms............................................................................................ 0005-6
Figure 5.
Warning Indicators and Alarms............................................................................................ 0005-6
Figure 6.
Overload Alarm.................................................................................................................... 0005-7
ADJUSTING THE OPERATOR'S SEAT...................................................................................................... WP 0006

Figure 1.
Operator's Seat Adjustments................................................................................................ 0006-1
STARTING THE ENGINE............................................................................................................................ WP 0007

Figure 1.
Seat Belt............................................................................................................................... 0007-1
Figure 2.
Pilot Shutoff Lever................................................................................................................ 0007-2
Figure 3.
Engine Speed Dial Slow Idle................................................................................................ 0007-2
Figure 4.
Key Switch ON..................................................................................................................... 0007-3
Figure 5.
System Starting and Default Screen.................................................................................... 0007-3
Figure 6.
Preheat Indicator.................................................................................................................. 0007-4
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 7.
Key Switch to START........................................................................................................... 0007-4
Figure 8.
Alarm indicator..................................................................................................................... 0007-5
Figure 9.
Engine Speed Dial Turned to 1/3 Position........................................................................... 0007-5
Figure 10.
Return Engine Speed Dial to Slow Idle................................................................................ 0007-6
MOVING THE HYEX................................................................................................................................... WP 0008

Figure 1.
Pilot Shutoff Lever Unlocked................................................................................................ 0008-1
Figure 2.
Boom and Arm Raised......................................................................................................... 0008-2
Figure 3.
Travel Mode Switch.............................................................................................................. 0008-2
Figure 4.
Moving Forward and Backwards.......................................................................................... 0008-3
Figure 5.
Right Turn............................................................................................................................. 0008-4
Figure 6.
Left Turn............................................................................................................................... 0008-4
Figure 7.
Counter-Rotate..................................................................................................................... 0008-5
SHUTTING DOWN THE HYEX................................................................................................................... WP 0009

Figure 1.
Machine In Parked Position.................................................................................................. 0009-1
Figure 2.
Auto-Idle Switch and Engine Speed Dial.............................................................................. 0009-2
Figure 3.
Engine Speed Dial................................................................................................................ 0009-3
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Key Switch Turned OFF....................................................................................................... 0009-4
SHUTTING DOWN THE HYEX WITH THE DEEP DIG ARM INSTALLED................................................. WP 0010
Figure 1.
Machine In Parked Position.................................................................................................. 0010-1
Figure 2.
Auto-Idle Switch and Engine Speed Dial.............................................................................. 0010-2
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Key Switch Turned OFF....................................................................................................... 0010-4
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS....................................................................................................... WP 0011

Figure 1.
Open Windshield.................................................................................................................. 0011-1
Figure 2.
Raise Windshield.................................................................................................................. 0011-2
vi
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 3.
Lock Windshield Open......................................................................................................... 0011-2
Figure 4.
Release Windshield Latch.................................................................................................... 0011-3
Figure 5.
Close Windshield.................................................................................................................. 0011-3
Figure 6.
Latch Windshield.................................................................................................................. 0011-4
Figure 7.
Open and Close Cab Door Window..................................................................................... 0011-4
Figure 8.
Open Access Cover............................................................................................................. 0011-5
Figure 9.
Open and Close Skylight Window........................................................................................ 0011-5
Figure 10.
Close Access Cover............................................................................................................. 0011-6
USING THE RIFLE MOUNT........................................................................................................................ WP 0012

Figure 1.
Stow Weapon In Rear Bracket............................................................................................. 0012-1
Figure 2.
Stow Weapon In Front Bracket............................................................................................ 0012-2
Figure 3.
Remove Weapon From Front Bracket.................................................................................. 0012-2
Figure 4.
Remove Weapon From Rear Bracket.................................................................................. 0012-3
GENERAL MONITOR OPERATION............................................................................................................ WP 0013

Figure 1.
Select Time Set Menu.......................................................................................................... 0013-1
Figure 2.
Adjust Time.......................................................................................................................... 0013-2
Figure 3.
Select Operating Conditions Menu....................................................................................... 0013-2
Figure 4.
Reset Operating Conditions................................................................................................. 0013-3
REMOVING AND INSTALLING BUCKET................................................................................................... WP 0014

Figure 1.
Unlock Safety Lock Pin........................................................................................................ 0014-1
Figure 2.
Raise Boom.......................................................................................................................... 0014-2
Figure 3.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position...................................................................... 0014-2
Figure 4.
Extend Bucket Cylinder........................................................................................................ 0014-3
Figure 5.
Retract Bucket Cylinder........................................................................................................ 0014-3
Figure 6.
Lower Boom......................................................................................................................... 0014-4
Figure 7.
Position Quick Latch Switch to Latch position...................................................................... 0014-4
Figure 8.
Remove Quick Latch............................................................................................................ 0014-5
vii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 9.
Position Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch position.................................................................. 0014-6
Figure 10.
Raise Boom for Clearance................................................................................................... 0014-6
Figure 11.
Retract Wedges.................................................................................................................... 0014-7
Figure 12.
Install Quick Latch................................................................................................................ 0014-7
Figure 13.
Position Quick Latch Switch toLatch position....................................................................... 0014-8
Figure 14.
Raise Boom.......................................................................................................................... 0014-8
Figure 15.
Safety Pin Locked................................................................................................................ 0014-9
LIFTING WITH HYEX.................................................................................................................................. WP 0015

Figure 1.
Lifting with Quick Latch Loop............................................................................................... 0015-2
OPERATING TECHNIQUES....................................................................................................................... WP 0016

Figure 1.
Leveling Machine................................................................................................................. 0016-1
Figure 2.
Add or Remove Material....................................................................................................... 0016-1
Figure 3.
Arm Digging.......................................................................................................................... 0016-3
Figure 4.
Bucket Digging..................................................................................................................... 0016-4
Figure 5.
Planning Spoil Piles.............................................................................................................. 0016-5
Figure 6.
Trenching............................................................................................................................. 0016-6
Figure 7.
Cleaning Cave In.................................................................................................................. 0016-6
Figure 8.
Trenching on a Slope........................................................................................................... 0016-7
Figure 9.
Straight Line Trenching........................................................................................................ 0016-8
Figure 10.
Back Filling........................................................................................................................... 0016-9
Figure 11.
Truck Loading..................................................................................................................... 0016-10
OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC THUMB.................................................................................................... WP 0017

Figure 1.
Clamping With Bucket.......................................................................................................... 0017-1
Figure 2.
Clamping With Hydraulic Thumb.......................................................................................... 0017-2
Figure 3.
Releasing Objects................................................................................................................ 0017-3
SELECTING AN ATTACHMENT ON THE MONITOR................................................................................ WP 0018

Figure 1.
Select Attachment................................................................................................................ 0018-1
viii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Table 1.
Attachment Selection........................................................................................................... 0018-1
Figure 2.
Attachment Specification Screen......................................................................................... 0018-2
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE CRUSH-ALL.................................................................................... WP 0019

Figure 1.
Close Hydraulic Thumb Circuit............................................................................................. 0019-1
Figure 2.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position...................................................................... 0019-2
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position................................................................................... 0019-4
Figure 6.
Position Crush-All................................................................................................................. 0019-4
Figure 7.
Connect Auxiliary Supply Line.............................................................................................. 0019-5
Figure 8.
Connect Auxiliary Return Line.............................................................................................. 0019-5
Figure 9.
Crush-All Operation.............................................................................................................. 0019-7
Figure 10.
Open Lid............................................................................................................................... 0019-9
Figure 11.
Clearing Jam from Crush-All................................................................................................ 0019-9
Figure 12.
Push Crush-All Rotor Backwards....................................................................................... 0019-10
Figure 13.
Position Crush-All............................................................................................................... 0019-10
Figure 14.
Disconnect Auxiliary Return Line....................................................................................... 0019-11
Figure 15.
Disconnect Auxiliary Supply Line....................................................................................... 0019-12
Figure 16.
Move Quick Latch Switch................................................................................................... 0019-12
Figure 17.
Raise Boom........................................................................................................................ 0019-13
Figure 18.
Remove Quick Latch.......................................................................................................... 0019-14
Figure 19.
Move Quick Latch Switch................................................................................................... 0019-14
Figure 20.
Open Hydraulic Thumb Circuit........................................................................................... 0019-15
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE IMPACT BREAKER........................................................................ WP 0020

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Move Quick Latch Switch..................................................................................................... 0020-2
Figure 3.
Raise Boom.......................................................................................................................... 0020-3
ix
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 4.
Quick Latch Wedges Retracted............................................................................................ 0020-3
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position......................................................................... 0020-5
Figure 8.
Quick Latch Wedges Engaged............................................................................................. 0020-5
Figure 9.
Safety Pin to Lock Position................................................................................................... 0020-6
Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Breaker Tool Lock Bolt......................................................................................................... 0020-8
Figure 13.
Insert Breaker Tool............................................................................................................... 0020-9
Figure 14.
Lock Breaker Tool................................................................................................................ 0020-9
Figure 15.
Breaker Operation.............................................................................................................. 0020-10
Figure 16.
Tool Removal..................................................................................................................... 0020-10
Figure 17.
Remove Breaker Tool........................................................................................................ 0020-11
Figure 18.
Lock Breaker Tool.............................................................................................................. 0020-11
Figure 19.
Disconnect Auxiliary Return Line....................................................................................... 0020-12
Figure 20.
Disconnect Auxiliary Supply Line....................................................................................... 0020-12
Figure 21.
Safety Pin to Unlock Position............................................................................................. 0020-13
Figure 22.
Raise Boom for Clearance................................................................................................. 0020-13
Figure 23.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position.................................................................... 0020-14
Figure 24.
Quick Latch Wedges Retracted.......................................................................................... 0020-14
Figure 25.
Impact Breaker Removal.................................................................................................... 0020-15
Figure 26.
Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position................................................................................. 0020-15
Figure 27.
Open Hydraulic Thumb Circuit........................................................................................... 0020-16
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE COMPACTOR................................................................................. WP 0021

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Move Quick Latch Switch..................................................................................................... 0021-3
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 3.
Raise Boom.......................................................................................................................... 0021-3
Figure 4.
Quick Latch Wedges Retracted............................................................................................ 0021-4
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Position Quick Latch............................................................................................................. 0021-5
Figure 7.
Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position................................................................................... 0021-5
Figure 8.
Raise Boom for Clearance................................................................................................... 0021-6
Figure 9.
Engage Quick Latch Wedges............................................................................................... 0021-6
Figure 10.
Lock Safety Lock.................................................................................................................. 0021-7
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Figure 13.
Attachment Pedal Lock Release.......................................................................................... 0021-8
Figure 14.
Disconnect Auxiliary Return Line......................................................................................... 0021-9
Figure 15.
Connect Auxiliary Supply Line............................................................................................ 0021-10
Figure 16.
Unlock Safety Lock............................................................................................................. 0021-10
Figure 17.
Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position.............................................................................. 0021-11
Figure 18.
Raise Boom........................................................................................................................ 0021-11
Figure 19.
Disengage Quick Latch Wedges........................................................................................ 0021-12
Figure 20.
Retract Bucket Cylinder...................................................................................................... 0021-12
Figure 21.
Remove Quick Latch.......................................................................................................... 0021-13
Figure 22.
Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position................................................................................. 0021-13
Figure 23.
Close Hydraulic Thumb Circuit........................................................................................... 0021-14
OPERATING THE BARRIER GRAPPLE..................................................................................................... WP 0022

Figure 1.
Lifting Barrier Grapple.......................................................................................................... 0022-2
OPERATING THE DEEP DIG ARM............................................................................................................ WP 0023

Figure 1.
Deep Dig Control Pattern Switch.......................................................................................... 0023-1
Figure 2.
Turn Auto Idle Switch On..................................................................................................... 0023-2
Figure 3.
xi
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 4.
Turn RPM Dial...................................................................................................................... 0023-4
Figure 5.
Cycle Deep Dig Arm Cylinders............................................................................................. 0023-5
MOVING MACHINE ON/OFF AN EMBANKMENT...................................................................................... WP 0024

Figure 1.
Position Bucket..................................................................................................................... 0024-1
Figure 2.
Upperstructure Rotated........................................................................................................ 0024-2
Figure 3.
Position Bucket on Lower Level........................................................................................... 0024-3
Figure 4.
Rotate Upperstructure to Upper Level.................................................................................. 0024-3
USING THE VANDAL PROTECTION KIT................................................................................................... WP 0025

Figure 1.
Right Side Rear Cover Installation....................................................................................... 0025-1
Figure 2.
Right Side Center Cover Installation.................................................................................... 0025-1
Figure 3.
Right Side Front Cover Installation....................................................................................... 0025-2
Figure 4.
Lock Bar Installation............................................................................................................. 0025-2
Figure 5.
Front Door Cover Installation............................................................................................... 0025-3
Figure 6.
Center Door Cover Installation............................................................................................. 0025-3
Figure 7.
Lower Door Cover Installation.............................................................................................. 0025-4
Figure 8.
Side Upper Glass Cover Installation.................................................................................... 0025-4
Figure 9.
Side Lower Glass Cover Installation.................................................................................... 0025-5
Figure 10.
Right Rear Cab Cover Installation........................................................................................ 0025-5
Figure 11.
Left Rear Cab Cover Installation.......................................................................................... 0025-6
Figure 12.
Left Rear Cab Cover Removal............................................................................................. 0025-6
Figure 13.
Right Rear Cab Cover Removal........................................................................................... 0025-7
Figure 14.
Side Lower Glass Cover Removal....................................................................................... 0025-7
Figure 15.
Side Upper Glass Cover Removal....................................................................................... 0025-8
Figure 16.
Lower Door Cover Removal................................................................................................. 0025-8
Figure 17.
Center Door Cover Removal................................................................................................ 0025-9
Figure 18.
Front Door Cover Removal.................................................................................................. 0025-9
Figure 19.
Lock Bar Removal.............................................................................................................. 0025-10
xii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 20.
Right Side Front Cover Removal........................................................................................ 0025-10
Figure 21.
Right Side Center Cover Removal..................................................................................... 0025-10
Figure 22.
Right Side Rear Cover Removal........................................................................................ 0025-11
OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL............................................................................................ WP 0026

Figure 1.
Hydraulic Tool Attachment................................................................................................... 0026-1
Figure 2.
Turn On Hydraulic Tool........................................................................................................ 0026-2
Figure 3.
Turn Off Hydraulic Tool........................................................................................................ 0026-2
Figure 4.
Hydraulic Tool Removal....................................................................................................... 0026-3
DECAL LOCATION GUIDE......................................................................................................................... WP 0027

Figure 1.
Left Side, Rear Cab Window, and Top Decals..................................................................... 0027-1
Figure 2.
Left Inside Door.................................................................................................................... 0027-2
Figure 3.
Top Under Engine Cover...................................................................................................... 0027-2
Figure 4.
Right Side on Hydraulic Reservoir....................................................................................... 0027-3
Figure 5.
Right Side............................................................................................................................. 0027-3
Figure 6.
Boom, Right Side, and Rear Cab Window........................................................................... 0027-4
Figure 7.
Counterweight...................................................................................................................... 0027-4
Figure 8.
Front and Rear Frame.......................................................................................................... 0027-5
Figure 9.
Cab on Seat......................................................................................................................... 0027-5
Figure 10.
Key Switch............................................................................................................................ 0027-5
Figure 11.
Windshield............................................................................................................................ 0027-6
Figure 12.
Side Window........................................................................................................................ 0027-6
Figure 13.
Upper and Lower Right Side Window.................................................................................. 0027-7
Figure 14.
Lower Right Side Window.................................................................................................... 0027-8
Figure 15.
Vandal Protection Kit............................................................................................................ 0027-9
Figure 16.
Upper Section Periodic Maintenance................................................................................. 0027-10
Figure 17.
Lower Section Periodic Maintenance................................................................................. 0027-11
Figure 18.
Ditch Cleaning Bucket........................................................................................................ 0027-12
xiii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 19.
Heavy Duty Bucket............................................................................................................. 0027-12
Figure 20.
Right Side Crush-All........................................................................................................... 0027-13
Figure 21.
Left Side Crush-All............................................................................................................. 0027-13
Figure 22.
Output Side Crush-All......................................................................................................... 0027-14
TOWING THE HYEX................................................................................................................................... WP 0028

LOWERING BOOM WITHOUT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE......................................................................... WP 0029
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER 32TO 5F (0TO -15C)..................................................................... WP 0030
Figure 1.
Press and Hold Back Button................................................................................................ 0030-1
Figure 2.
Key Switch to ON Position................................................................................................... 0030-2
Figure 3.
Release Back Button............................................................................................................ 0030-2
Figure 4.
Highlight Service Menu........................................................................................................ 0030-3
Figure 5.
Select Monitoring.................................................................................................................. 0030-3
Figure 6.
Temperatures Displayed...................................................................................................... 0030-4
Figure 7.
Start Engine.......................................................................................................................... 0030-4
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Check Engine and Hydraulic Oil Temperatures................................................................... 0030-5
Table 1.
Machine Switch Selections................................................................................................... 0030-6
Figure 10.
Raise Machine...................................................................................................................... 0030-6
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER 5F (-15C) OR COLDER ................................................................... WP 0031

Figure 1.
Press and Hold Back Button................................................................................................ 0031-1
Figure 2.
Key Switch to ON Position................................................................................................... 0031-2
Figure 3.
Release Back Button............................................................................................................ 0031-2
Figure 4.
Highlight Service Menu........................................................................................................ 0031-3
Figure 5.
Select Monitoring.................................................................................................................. 0031-3
Figure 6.
Temperatures Displayed...................................................................................................... 0031-4
Figure 7.
Start Engine.......................................................................................................................... 0031-4
Figure 8.
Engine Idle Speed................................................................................................................ 0031-5
xiv
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 9.
Monitor Temperatures Displayed......................................................................................... 0031-5
Table 1.
Machine Switch Selection.................................................................................................... 0031-6
Figure 10.
Raise Machine...................................................................................................................... 0031-7
SLAVE STARTING...................................................................................................................................... WP 0032

Figure 1.
Slave Receptacle................................................................................................................. 0032-2
SKYLIGHT WINDOW (SECONDARY EXIT) AND REAR WINDOW (EMERGENCY EXIT)....................... WP 0033
Figure 1.
Open and Close Roof Exit.................................................................................................... 0033-1
Figure 2.
Emergency Exit Tool............................................................................................................ 0033-2
OPERATING THE COOLANT HEATER...................................................................................................... WP 0034

Figure 1.
Coolant Heater Control Panel.............................................................................................. 0034-2
Figure 2.
Adjusting Time and Day....................................................................................................... 0034-2
Figure 3.
Setting Program................................................................................................................... 0034-3
Figure 4.
Adjusting Run Time.............................................................................................................. 0034-4
Figure 5.
Manually Start Coolant Heater............................................................................................. 0034-4
Figure 6.
Manually Start Coolant Heater Continued............................................................................ 0034-5
MOVING UP/DOWN STEEP OR SLIPPERY SLOPES............................................................................... WP 0035

Figure 1.
Buckle Seat Belt................................................................................................................... 0035-1
Figure 2.
Pulling Machine Up.............................................................................................................. 0035-2
Figure 3.
Buckle Seat Belt................................................................................................................... 0035-3
Figure 4.
Pushing Machine.................................................................................................................. 0035-3
Figure 5.
Traveling Down.................................................................................................................... 0035-4
FORDING THE HYEX................................................................................................................................. WP 0036

Figure 1.
Fording Line......................................................................................................................... 0036-1
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Check Monitor...................................................................................................................... 0036-2
Chapter 3 - OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE............................................... WP 0037
xv
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
TRAVEL ALARM DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................... WP 0038
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER DO NOT OPERATE....................................................................... WP 0039
CAB DOME LIGHT DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................ WP 0040
BOOM, CAB, AND DRIVE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE............................................................................ WP 0041
CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE..................................................................................... WP 0042
CAB REAR WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE....................................................................................... WP 0043
LOW NOTE AND HIGH NOTE HORNS DO NOT OPERATE..................................................................... WP 0044
AIR CONDITIONER DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................... WP 0045
ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START OR HARD TO START.......................................................... WP 0046
ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK........................................................................................................................ WP 0047
ENGINE RUNS POORLY............................................................................................................................ WP 0048
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION.......................................................................................................... WP 0049
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION.............................................................................................................. WP 0050
ENGINE IDLES POORLY............................................................................................................................ WP 0051
AUTO-IDLE DOES NOT WORK.................................................................................................................. WP 0052
ENGINE NOT DEVELOPING FULL POWER.............................................................................................. WP 0053
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW.................................................................................................................. WP 0054
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ABOVE NORMAL........................................................................... WP 0055
ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY EXHAUST SMOKE....................................................... WP 0056
ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE......................................................................... WP 0057
NO HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS.................................................................................................................... WP 0058
HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS ARE SLOW OR HAVE LITTLE OR NO POWER............................................. WP 0059
POWER DIG DOES NOT WORK................................................................................................................ WP 0060
HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEATS.................................................................................................................. WP 0061
HYDRAULIC OIL FOAMS............................................................................................................................ WP 0062
NO SWING FUNCTION............................................................................................................................... WP 0063
SWING FUNCTION IS JERKY.................................................................................................................... WP 0064
xvi
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
SLOW TRAVEL SPEED ONLY................................................................................................................... WP 0065
TRAVEL IS JERKY...................................................................................................................................... WP 0066
ENGINE STOPS WHEN TRAVEL OR CONTROL LEVER ACTUATED..................................................... WP 0067
QUICK LATCH DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................... WP 0068
COMPACTOR DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................ WP 0069
BREAKER DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................. WP 0070
BREAKER OPERATES SLOWLY............................................................................................................... WP 0071
CRUSH-ALL DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................... WP 0072
BARRIER GRAPPLE DOES NOT HOLD LOAD......................................................................................... WP 0073
DEEP DIG DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................. WP 0074
HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................... WP 0075
Chapter 4 - OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INTRODUCTION - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)........................... WP 0076
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)......................................................... WP 0077
Table 1.
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES.......................... 0077-1
Figure 1.
Exterior of Machine.............................................................................................................. 0077-3
Figure 2.
Exterior of Machine Continued............................................................................................. 0077-4
Figure 3.
Coolant Level....................................................................................................................... 0077-5
Figure 4.
Engine Oil............................................................................................................................. 0077-6
Figure 5.
Exhaust Components........................................................................................................... 0077-7
Figure 6.
Hydraulic Reservoir Cap...................................................................................................... 0077-7
Figure 7.
Fuel Tank and Fuel Level..................................................................................................... 0077-8
Figure 8.
Fuel Filters............................................................................................................................ 0077-9
Figure 9.
Engine Oil Filter.................................................................................................................... 0077-9
Figure 10.
Boom, Arm, Quick Latch, and Hydraulic Thumb................................................................ 0077-10
Figure 11.
Bucket and Teeth............................................................................................................... 0077-11
Figure 12.
Air Cleaner Housing and Hose Reel.................................................................................. 0077-12
xvii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 13.
Batteries............................................................................................................................. 0077-13
Figure 14.
Batteries Continued............................................................................................................ 0077-14
Figure 15.
Cab Glass........................................................................................................................... 0077-15
Figure 16.
Mirrors and Wiper Arm....................................................................................................... 0077-15
Figure 17.
Cab Door, Hinges, and Latches......................................................................................... 0077-16
Figure 18.
Fire Extinguisher................................................................................................................ 0077-17
Figure 19.
Pedals and Levers.............................................................................................................. 0077-18
Figure 20.
Pilot Control Levers............................................................................................................ 0077-19
Figure 21.
Seat Belt............................................................................................................................. 0077-20
Figure 22.
Ignition Switch.................................................................................................................... 0077-20
Figure 23.
Monitor............................................................................................................................... 0077-21
Figure 24.
Position Boom and Arm...................................................................................................... 0077-22
Figure 25.
Hydraulic Oil Level Check.................................................................................................. 0077-22
Figure 26.
Breaker............................................................................................................................... 0077-23
Figure 27.
Compactor.......................................................................................................................... 0077-24
Figure 28.
Crush-All............................................................................................................................. 0077-25
Figure 29.
Barrier Grapple................................................................................................................... 0077-26
Figure 30.
Deep Dig Arm and Bucket.................................................................................................. 0077-27
Figure 31.
Deep Dig Bucket................................................................................................................ 0077-28
Figure 32.
Ditch Cleaning Bucket........................................................................................................ 0077-29
Figure 33.
Position Boom and Arm...................................................................................................... 0077-31
Figure 34.
Hydraulic Oil Level Check.................................................................................................. 0077-31
Figure 35.
Fuel Tank and Fuel Level Check........................................................................................ 0077-32
Figure 36.
Engine Oil Check................................................................................................................ 0077-33
Figure 37.
Engine Compartment......................................................................................................... 0077-33
Figure 38.
Exterior of Machine Check................................................................................................. 0077-34
Figure 39.
Swing Gearbox Oil Level Check......................................................................................... 0077-35
xviii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 40.
Hydraulic Pump Oil Level Check........................................................................................ 0077-36
Figure 41.
Serpentine Belt Check........................................................................................................ 0077-37
Figure 42.
Air Conditioner Belt Check................................................................................................. 0077-38
Figure 43.
Fan Check.......................................................................................................................... 0077-39
Chapter 5 - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS............................................................................................. WP 0078
TAKING ENGINE OIL SAMPLE.................................................................................................................. WP 0079
Figure 1.
Engine Oil Sampling Valve................................................................................................... 0079-1
TRACK SAG CHECK .................................................................................................................................. WP 0080

Figure 1.
Raise Machine...................................................................................................................... 0080-1
Figure 2.
Rotate Track......................................................................................................................... 0080-2
Figure 3.
Shut Machine Off.................................................................................................................. 0080-3
Figure 4.
Measure Track Sag.............................................................................................................. 0080-4
Figure 5.
Start Machine....................................................................................................................... 0080-5
Figure 6.
Lower Machine..................................................................................................................... 0080-5
TIGHTENING TRACK TENSION................................................................................................................. WP 0081

Figure 1.
Tighten Track....................................................................................................................... 0081-1
LOOSENING TRACK TENSION................................................................................................................. WP 0082

Figure 1.
Loosen Track........................................................................................................................ 0082-1
TAKING HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLE........................................................................................................... WP 0083

Figure 1.
Hydraulic Oil Sampling Valve............................................................................................... 0083-1
CAB FUSE REPLACEMENT....................................................................................................................... WP 0084

Figure 1.
Fuse Box Access Cover Removal........................................................................................ 0084-2
Figure 2.
Main Fuse Box Cover Removal............................................................................................ 0084-3
Figure 3.
Fuse Removal...................................................................................................................... 0084-4
Figure 4.
Fuse Installation................................................................................................................... 0084-5
Figure 5.
Main Fuse Box Cover Installation......................................................................................... 0084-6
xix
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 6.
Fuse Box Access Cover Installation..................................................................................... 0084-7
BUCKET TEETH REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................................. WP 0085

Figure 1.
Tooth Removal..................................................................................................................... 0085-1
Figure 2.
Tooth Installation.................................................................................................................. 0085-2
Figure 3.
Bucket Tooth Removal......................................................................................................... 0085-2
Figure 4.
Bucket Tooth Installation...................................................................................................... 0085-3
PRIMARY AND FINAL FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATORS SERVICE................................................. WP 0086

Figure 1.
Drain Fuel Filter/Water Separators....................................................................................... 0086-1
Figure 2.
Drain Fuel Filter/Water Separators Continued..................................................................... 0086-2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AIR CLEANER SERVICE.......................................................................... WP 0087

Figure 1.
Cover Removal..................................................................................................................... 0087-1
Figure 2.
Primary Air Cleaner Removal............................................................................................... 0087-2
Figure 3.
Secondary Air Cleaner Removal.......................................................................................... 0087-2
Figure 4.
Primary Air Cleaner Service................................................................................................. 0087-3
Figure 5.
Air Cleaner Housing Service................................................................................................ 0087-4
Figure 6.
Cover and Dust Boot Service............................................................................................... 0087-4
Figure 7.
Secondary Air Cleaner Installation....................................................................................... 0087-5
Figure 8.
Primary Air Cleaner Installation............................................................................................ 0087-5
Figure 9.
Cover Installation.................................................................................................................. 0087-6
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR SERVICE......................................................................................................... WP 0088

Figure 1.
Hydraulic Reservoir Cover Removal.................................................................................... 0088-1
Figure 2.
Hydraulic Reservoir Sight Glass........................................................................................... 0088-2
Figure 3.
Hydraulic Reservoir Cover Installation................................................................................. 0088-3
FRESH AIR FILTER SERVICE.................................................................................................................... WP 0089

Figure 1.
Filter Removal...................................................................................................................... 0089-1
Figure 2.
Inspect Seal.......................................................................................................................... 0089-2
Figure 3.
Clean Filter........................................................................................................................... 0089-3
xx
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 4.
Clean Housing...................................................................................................................... 0089-3
Figure 5.
Filter Installation................................................................................................................... 0089-4
AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER FILTER SERVICE....................................................................................... WP 0090

Figure 1.
Filter Removal...................................................................................................................... 0090-1
Figure 2.
Clean Filter........................................................................................................................... 0090-2
Figure 3.
Clean Housing...................................................................................................................... 0090-3
Figure 4.
Filter Installation................................................................................................................... 0090-3
DRAINING WATER AND SEDIMENT FROM FUEL TANK......................................................................... WP 0091

Figure 1.
Remove Fuel Cap................................................................................................................ 0091-1
Figure 2.
Drain Hose........................................................................................................................... 0091-2
Figure 3.
Drain Valve........................................................................................................................... 0091-3
Figure 4.
Install Fuel Cap.................................................................................................................... 0091-4
CRUSH-ALL DISCHARGE MATERIAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT..................................................................... WP 0092

Figure 1.
Curtain Adjustment............................................................................................................... 0092-2
Figure 2.
Clearance Check.................................................................................................................. 0092-3
Figure 3.
Clamp Installation................................................................................................................. 0092-4
Figure 4.
Spring Compression............................................................................................................. 0092-5
MAINTENANCE AFTER FORDING............................................................................................................ WP 0093

Figure 1.
Draining Mud or Water......................................................................................................... 0093-1
Chapter 6 - OPERATOR SUPPORTING INFORMATION

REFERENCES............................................................................................................................................ WP 0094
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS........................................ WP 0095
Table 1.
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM........................................................................................... 0095-2
Table 2.
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS........................................................................................................... 0095-4
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL).............................................................................................. WP 0096

Table 1.
Additional Authorization List................................................................................................. 0096-1
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST.............................................................................................. WP 0097
xxi
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS (SPK) LIST....................................................................................................... WP 0098
Table 1.
Special Purpose Kits............................................................................................................ 0098-2
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTES................................................................................................................... WP 0099

HYEX TRANSPORTABILITY INSTRUCTIONS........................................................................................... WP 0100
Figure 1.
Military Load Classification................................................................................................... 0100-1
Figure 2.
HYEX Dimensions................................................................................................................ 0100-2
Figure 3.
HYEX Transportation Data Plate.......................................................................................... 0100-3
Figure 4.
HYEX Lifting and Tie Down Points....................................................................................... 0100-4
Table 1.
HYEX Lift and Tie Down Information.................................................................................... 0100-4
Figure 5.
M870 Loading....................................................................................................................... 0100-5
Figure 6.
M870A1 Loading.................................................................................................................. 0100-6
Figure 7.
M870A3 Loading.................................................................................................................. 0100-7
Figure 8.
GIC Rail Clearance.............................................................................................................. 0100-8
Figure 9.
Standard Cab Clearance...................................................................................................... 0100-9
Figure 10.
Armored Cab Clearance..................................................................................................... 0100-10
Figure 11.
HTTX Railcar Loading Overhead View.............................................................................. 0100-10
Figure 12.
HTTX Railcar Loading Side View....................................................................................... 0100-11
Figure 13.
C-5 Aircraft Loading........................................................................................................... 0100-11
Figure 14.
C-17 Aircraft Loading......................................................................................................... 0100-12
Figure 15.
Marine Loading................................................................................................................... 0100-12
Figure 16.
Standard Rock Bucket........................................................................................................ 0100-13
Figure 17.
Standard Ditch Cleaning Bucket........................................................................................ 0100-14
Figure 18.
Standard Buckets Loaded On M870A1.............................................................................. 0100-15
Figure 19.
Standard Buckets Loaded On M870A3.............................................................................. 0100-15
Figure 20.
Deep Dig Arm..................................................................................................................... 0100-16
Figure 21.
Deep Dig Bucket................................................................................................................ 0100-16
Figure 22.
Deep Dig Ditch Cleaning Bucket........................................................................................ 0100-17
xxii
TM 5-3805-294-10

Page No.
WP Sequence No.
Figure 23.
Crush-All............................................................................................................................. 0100-18
Figure 24.
Compactor.......................................................................................................................... 0100-18
Figure 25.
Impact Breaker................................................................................................................... 0100-19
Figure 26.
Barrier Grapple................................................................................................................... 0100-19
Figure 27.
Crush-All On M870A1........................................................................................................ 0100-20
Figure 28.
Crush-All On M870A3........................................................................................................ 0100-20
Figure 29.
Standard Buckets Loaded On HTTX Railcar...................................................................... 0100-21
Figure 30.
Crush-All Loaded On HTTX Railcar................................................................................... 0100-21
Figure 31.
Impact Breaker, Compactor, and Barrier Grapple Loaded On HTTX Railcar.................... 0100-22
Figure 32.
Deep Dig Arm and Buckets Loaded On HTTX Railcar....................................................... 0100-22
Index
xxiii/xxiv blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This Technical Manual (TM) is designed to help you safely and efficiently operate and maintain the Hydraulic
Excavator Type 1 (HYEX), NSN 3805-01-573-0677.
Instructions are included to cover most circumstances. However, it is impossible to address every scenario you may
encounter. If you are unsure of what to do after looking in this TM, always contact your direct supervisor.
These instructions provide the user with a general knowledge of the equipment, characteristics, and operating
procedures of the HYEX. Troubleshooting and maintenance procedures are provided at crew maintenance levels.
Operating instructions for most circumstances will be provided, but the user's best guide will be knowledge of the
machine and its operation. In an emergency, a quick instinctive response based on that knowledge is essential.
This manual contains a "References" Work Package (WP). Occasionally a different Technical Manual (TM) will be
referenced in the text of this manual. A link will appear in parenthesis along with the manual that is referenced. The
link lists the references WP in the manual. This will allow the user to see the TM number and the title.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The table of contents provides a quick reference of each WP by Title and WP number, and lists each Figure and
Table within that WP to assist in finding the required information except blank pages.
WORK PACKAGE NUMBERS
The WP number is found in the upper right corner of each page. It is also found at the bottom center of every page.
INITIAL SETUP BLOCK
The initial setup block contains information vital for the completion of the WP. In some instances, it may contain the
words "Not Applicable".
The following is a list of what is found in the initial setup block.
1. TOOLS AND SPECIAL TOOLS: These are all of the tools required to complete the tasks in the WP.
2. MATERIALS/PARTS: Any part to include oil, grease, or rags to complete the tasks in the WP.
3. PERSONNEL REQUIRED: Lists the number and Military Occupation Skill (MOS) required to complete the
WP.
4. REFERENCES: When the reference is in the same manual, it will only list the WP number. If the reference
is in a different manual, it will list the title and the WP number and will link you to the References WP for
additional information.
5. EQUIPMENT CONDITION: This is how the machine needs to be configured before starting the work.
6. TIME TO COMPLETE: Not all WP will have the time to complete listed. Normally, maintenance and servicing
procedures will list the time it should take to complete that WP.
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES before performing any procedure.
Abbreviated formatted warnings are recognized when a warning in a WP has a single word that will be printed in all
caps and BOLD. The full warning is in the warning summary and should be read prior to continuing the WP.
Warning, caution, and note headings and certain essential information are printed in BOLD type for clarity. This is
critical data to ensure personal safety, prevent damage to the machine, and clarify unique data or procedures used
on the HYEX.
xxv
TM 5-3805-294-10
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF OPERATION
Chapter 1 presents general information, as well as the characteristics, capabilities, and features of the HYEX. Also
included in Chapter 1 is HYEX theory of operation.
CHAPTER 2 OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
Chapter 2 provides operator instructions for starting and shutting off the machine, operation of standard functions,
and driving procedures. Chapter 2 also provides operator instructions for individual equipment items in the HYEX.
Included are description and location of driver's controls, fire suppression system, and the coolant heater system.
CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Chapter 3 provides operator level troubleshooting procedures for various malfunctions that may occur during
machine operation. The troubleshooting index is a quick reference by WP of the common malfunctions/symptoms
which you may find during the operation or maintenance of the HYEX or its attachments.
CHAPTER 4 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
Chapter 4 lists operator level preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) that are performed before
machine operation, while it is being operated, and after the mission is completed. The PMCS table lists the item to
be checked or serviced, the check or service procedure, and the criteria for determining whether the equipment
being checked is ready for its mission.
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Chapter 5 lists maintenance instructions the crew can perform on the machine.
CHAPTER 6 SUPPORTING INFORMATION
Chapter 6 lists the regulations, forms, pamphlets, field manuals, technical bulletins, and technical manuals that apply
to this manual. Chapter 6 also includes Components of End Item (COEI), Basic Issue Items (BII), Additional
Authorization List (AAL), and Expendable/Durable supplies and materials lists.
xxvi
TM 5-3805-294-10
CHAPTER 1
OPERATOR GENERAL INFORMATION
NSN 3805-01-573-0677
TM 5-3805-294-10
0001
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
This manual contains instructions for operation, operator troubleshooting, and operator-performed maintenance on
the Hydraulic Excavator Type 1 (HYEX). The HYEX is used for construction operations.
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as
applicable) DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0094); or
AR 700-138, Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability (WP 0094).
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
If your HYEX needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what
you dont like about your equipment. Let us know why you dont like the design or performance. If you have Internet
access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to go to https://aeps.ria.army.mil/
aespublic.cfm (scroll down and choose "Submit Quality Deficiency Report" bar). The internet form lets you choose
to submit an EIR, a Product Quality Deficiency Report (PDQR) or a Warranty Claim Action (WCA). You may also
submit your information using an SF Form 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). You can send your SF Form
368 via e-mail, regular mail, or facsimile using the addresses/facsimile numbers specified in DA PAM 750-8, The
Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0094), and mail it to us at: Department of
the Army, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command, AMSRD-TAR-E, PDQR MS 268, 6501 E. 11 Mile
Road, Warren, MI 38397-5000. We will send you a reply.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materials is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion
problems with the HYEX be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent
the problem in the future. While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, corrosion can also include
deterioration of other materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of
these materials may be a corrosion problem. If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using Standard
Form 368, Product Quality Deficiency report (WP 0094). Use of key words, such as corrosion, rust, deterioration,
and cracking, will ensure that the information is identified as a CPC problem.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
For procedures to destroy the HYEX to prevent its use by the enemy, refer to TM 750-244-6, Procedures for
Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use (WP 0094).
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
Contact Field Maintenance for instructions on preparation for storage or shipment.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The HYEX is warranted by John Deere. The warranty starts on the date found in block 23 of DA Form 2408-9,
Equipment Control Record (WP 0094). Refer to TB 5-3805-294-13 Warranty Program for Hydraulic Excavator 240D
LC (WP 0094).
0001-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS
Table 1. List of Abbreviations/Acronyms.
Abbreviation/Acronym
Description
AAL
Additional Authorization List
A/C
Air Conditioning
ACC
Accessory
AEPS
Army Electronic Product Support
A/I or A.I.
Auto-Idle
AOAP
Army Oil Analysis Program
BII
Basic Issue Items
CAGEC
Commercial and Government Entity Code
cm
Centimeter
COEI
Components of End Item
CPC
Corrosion Prevention and Control
CTA
Common Table of Allowance
Economy
ECU
Engine Control Unit
EDRS
Electronic Deficiency Reports
EIR
Equipment Improvement Record
FC
Full-Cool
FH
Full-Heat
ft
Feet
gal
Gallon
Hour
HET
Heavy Equipment Transport
hp
Horsepower
H/P
High Power
0001-2
0001
TM 5-3805-294-10
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS - Continued
Table 1.
List of Abbreviations/Acronyms - Continued.
HYEX
Hydraulic Excavator
in.
Inch
INT
Intermittent
kg
Kilogram
kohm
Kilo ohm
Liter
L/h
Liter/hour
Meter
mm
Millimeter
Power
PMCS
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
P/N
Part Number
psi
Pounds per Square Inch
QDR
Quality Deficiency Report
TAMMS
The Army Maintenance Management System
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0001-3/4 blank
0001
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES

Overview
The Hydraulic Excavator Type 1 (HYEX), NSN 3805-01-573-0677, is a 21-24 Metric Ton, diesel powered, crawler
mounted, hoe type hydraulic excavator. The HYEX digs, elevates, swings, and dumps material by action of the boom,
the arm, and the bucket.
The HYEX is powered by a John Deere six-cylinder, PowerTech, 414 cu in. (6.8 L) engine driving two identical
variable displacement, bent-axis, piston type hydraulic pumps and a fixed displacement, external gear pilot pump.
The hydraulic pumps and pilot pump combination provide the hydraulic and control pressure for the machine to
operate.
Propulsion is provided by two-speed hydraulic travel motors, (one on each side), that drive two track chains with 51
triple semi-grouser 32 in. (800 mm) wide track shoes. Each hydraulic travel motor is of a bidirectional planetary drive/
axial piston motor design with spring applied and hydraulically released travel brakes.
The HYEX upper structure is capable of continuous 360degree rotation driven by a swing gearbox and bidirectional
swing motor mounted on top of the swing gearbox. The swing motor has a spring applied and hydraulically released
park brake. The park brake prevents the upperstructure from uncontrolled swinging. The swing park brake is released
when swing, boom, arm, or bucket function is actuated.
The boom, arm, hydraulic thumb, and bucket hydraulic cylinders provide linear actuation for their associated
components. These cylinders vary in size, but are similar in design and function.
The HYEX is configured with a retractable hydraulic hose reel, with pressure and return hoses of 50 ft (15.24 m)
length and 0.5 in. (1.27 cm) diameter, located on the cab side of the excavator to operate hand-held tools. The
hydraulic circuit is a controlled pressure source with adjustable flow rates between 8-12 GPM (30.28-45.42 LPM)
with adjustable nominal pressure limit of 2,000 psi (137.89 bar).
Operating Capabilities
The HYEX can excavate undisturbed hard, medium, and soft soils to a minimum depth range of 22-24 ft
(6.7-7.3 m). It has a minimum horizontal bucket reach at ground level of 30 ft (9.14 m). Maximum possible bucket
and stick forces are capable of penetrating and excavating very difficult soils (such as caliche) and conditions (such
as frozen soils).
The HYEX is capable of dumping into the Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles (FMTV), 5 ton with a bed height of 6
ft 9 in., to a M917 20 ton with a bed height of 10 ft 2 in. HYEX is capable of dumping into an Engineer Mission Module
(EMM) when on equal level ground.
The HYEX operates under environmental climatic conditions from -25F to 120F (-31.6C to 48.8C) without
restriction, and when required, down to -40F (-40C) using the coolant heater cold weather starting kit.
The HYEX will start and operate during and after fording operations in fresh water in any depth up to 40 in. (1 m)
including wave action.
Attachments for HYEX are connected to the excavator arm (stick) using the Quick Latch (a hydraulic quick connect/
disconnect coupler system) and hydraulic quick-disconnect hydraulic hose connections on the arm. The only
exception is the Deep Digging Attachment Arm that must be pinned directly to the end of the excavator arm.
0002-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
Attachments
The HYEX digging and loading attachments are as follows:
Heavy Duty Bucket (for general purpose excavating and in material, such as dense clay and light rock) with
heaped capacity of 1.5 sq yd (1.25 sq m), a 42 in. (107 cm) outside lip width, and five pick-shaped pointed
teeth.
Heavy Duty Bucket (for use with the deep digging attachment) with heaped capacity of 0.5 sq yd (0.41 sq
m), 30 in. (76 cm) outside lip width, and four pick-shaped pointed teeth.
Ditch Cleaning Bucket (Utility) with heaped capacity of 1.33 sq yd (1.11 sq m), 60 in. (152 cm) outside lip
width, and no teeth.

Ditch Cleaning Bucket (Utility), (for use with the deep digging attachment) with heaped capacity of 0.75 sq
yd (0.62 sq m), 60 in. (152 cm) outside lip width, and no teeth.
Hydraulic thumb clamp is configured to work with heavy duty bucket listed above, and is compatible with
the ditch cleaning bucket listed above. The hydraulic thumb will fully retract or fold back when not in use,
enabling unhampered use of bucket(s), and can be pinned in the fully retracted position directly to the end
of the excavator arm (stick).
Deep Digging Attachment Arm (20 ft (6.09 m) long) is pinned directly to the end of the excavator arm (stick).
The Deep Digging Attachment Arm allows attachment of either the 30 in. (76 cm), 0.5 sq yd (0.41 sq m),
digging bucket (with teeth), or the 60 in. (152 cm), 0.75 sq yd (0.62 sq m), ditch cleaning bucket (no teeth).
This attachment uses additional counterweight and control selections to enable operation for digging to a
depth of 40 ft (12.19 m).
The HYEX construction attachments are as follows:
Hydraulic Impact Breaker (impact energy class of 5,000 lb-ft (6779 Nm)), with operating weight between
4,500-5,500 lb (2041.2-2494.7 kg), capable of 450 full-stroke blows/min and using a tool with a diameter of
5.5 in. (13.97 cm). Each Hydraulic Impact Breaker is supplied with a moil point (1 each), a chisel point (1
each), and a blunt point (1 each).
Hydraulic Driven Plate Compactor with a base plate size of 23.5 X 40 X 1.5 in. (59.69 X 101.6 X 3.81 cm)
operating at 2100 blows/min and 15,250 lbs (6917.28 kg) of impulse force.
Hydraulic Crushing Attachment (Crush-All) is capable of operating as a loader, hopper, feeder, crusher, and
conveyor. The Crush-All is capable of crushing concrete with and without rebar, stone, asphalt, brick, block,
and debris with a minimum size of 24 in. wide x 24 in. long x 10 in. thick (60.96 cm wide x 60.96 cm long x
25.4 cm thick) and has minimum hopper capacity of 0.6 cu. yd (0.45 cu m). The Crush-All has reversible
strike plates to increase the operational serviceability interval.
Barrier Grapple is capable of lifting, moving, and emplacing barriers weighing 400-16,000 lb (181.4-7257.4
kg) with a barrier width of 6-12 in. (15.24-30.48 cm). The barrier grapple has a fully automatic actuator which
allows the barriers to be lifted, latched, placed, and unlatched automatically without the aid of an assistant.
0002-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

5
6
8
9
HYEX00104
Figure 1.
Table 1.
Right View of HYEX.
Right View of HYEX.
FUEL TANK. Contains JP-8, diesel, or other NATO-approved fuels for engine operation.
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR. Contains hydraulic oil for the hydraulic system.
HYDRAULIC PUMPS. Draws hydraulic fluid from the hydraulic reservoir and provides hydraulic
pressure and control pressure to the rest of the hydraulic system.
COUNTERWEIGHT. Adds stability to the machine during digging and lifting operations.
ARM CYLINDER. Extends and retracts the arm.
BOOM CYLINDERS. Raises and lowers the boom.
ATTACHMENT CYLINDER. Curls the bucket while digging and allows for dumping.
HYDRAULIC THUMB CYLINDER. Extends and retracts the hydraulic thumb.
TOOL BOX. Used for storage of Basic Issue Items (BII).
0002-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued
20
17
10
16
11
19
12
16
18
15
13
Figure 2.
Table 2.
14
HYEX00105
Left View of HYEX.
Left View of HYEX.
10
ENGINE. Drives the hydraulic pumps and the pilot pump.
11
RADIATOR. Contains coolant which provides engine cooling.
12
BATTERIES. Two 12-volt batteries provide current for the electrical system.
13
CAB. All digging and travel functions are controlled by the operator.
14
TRAVEL MOTORS. Drives the machine forward or backward and provides turning capability.
15
BUCKET. Used for digging operations.
16
ARM. Used to connect quick latch or different attachments depending on mission.
17
HYDRAULIC THUMB. Used with the bucket attachment to clamp and lift.
18
UNDERCARRIAGE. Consists of the lower structure and the track assemblies.
19
UPPERSTRUCTURE. Consists of the upperstructure, engine/hydraulic pump compartment, cab,

boom and arm, and accessories.
20
HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL. Quick attach hose reel used to power hydraulic tools and accessories.
0002-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
IDENTIFICATION PLATES
Maintain, in a secure location, an up-to-date inventory of all product and component serial numbers.
Regularly verify that identification plates have not been removed. Report any evidence of tampering to appropriate
agencies and order duplicate plates.
Mark your machine with your own numbering system and take color photographs from several angles of each plate.
22
21
HYEX01506
Figure 3.
Table 3.
Data Plates.
Data Plates.
21
IDENTIFICATION PLATE. The identification plate has the model, serial number, registration number,
manufacture's name and the warranty information on it.
22
SERIAL NUMBER PLATE. Has the machine serial on it.
0002-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
EQUIPMENT DATA
Table 4.
Equipment Data.
ENGINE:
Model
PowerTech
Manufacturer
John Deere
Horsepower (2,000 rpm)
177 hp (132 kW)
Number of Cylinders
Displacement
414 cu in. (6.8 L)
CAPACITIES:
Fuel Tank
132 gal (500 L)
Cooling System
7.9 gal (29.9 L)
Engine Oil (including oil filter)
6.5 gal (24.6 L)
Hydraulic Reservoir
64.2 gal (243 L)
Hydraulic System
74 gal (280 L)
Swing Gearbox
2.4 gal (9.1 L)
Travel Gearbox (each)
2.1 gal (7.9 L)
Pump Drive Gearbox
1.2 qt (1.1 L)
0002-6
0002
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued
12
3
7
1
8
2
10
11
HYEX00106
Figure 4.
Table 5.
HYEX Specifications.
HYEX Specification.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
MEASUREMENT
SPECIFICATION
Sprocket Center to Idler Center
Distance
12 ft 7 in. (3840 mm)
Undercarriage
Length
15 ft 3 in. (4640 mm)
Counterweight Clearance
Distance
3 ft 7 in. (1090 mm)
Rear End Swing Radius
Distance
9 ft 8 in. (2940 mm)
Upper Structure Width (excluding back

mirrors)
Distance
9 ft 6 in. (2890 mm)
Cab
Height
9 ft 11 in. (3020 mm)
Minimum Ground Clearance
Distance
1 ft 6 in. (460 mm)
Center of Sprocket to Center of Sprocket
Distance
8 ft 6 in. (2590 mm)
Track Shoes
Width
32 in. (800 mm)
10
Undercarriage
Width
133 in. (2780 mm)
11
Machine
Overall Length
399 in. (10134 mm)
12
Machine
Transport Height
122 in. (3099 mm)
13
Machine
Shipping Weight
66,000 lb (29937 kg)
0002-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
2
6
HYEX00107
Figure 5. HYEX Working Ranges.
0002-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002

Table 6.
HYEX Working Ranges.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
MEASUREMENT
SPECIFICATION
Maximum Digging reach
Distance
35 ft 6 in. (10810 mm)
Maximum Digging reach at Ground Level
Distance
34 ft 11 in. (10640 mm)
Minimum Swing Radius
Radius
11 ft 4 in. (3460 mm)
Maximum Cutting Height
Height
34 ft 6 in. (10520 mm)
Maximum Dumping Height
Height
24 ft 9 in. (7540 mm)
Maximum Digging Depth
Depth
24 ft 7 in. (7490 mm)
Maximum Digging Depth (flat bottom)
Depth
24 ft 1 in. (7330 mm)
Maximum Vertical Wall
Depth
21 ft 9 in. (6630 mm)
Tail Swing Radius
Radius
9 ft 8 in. (2940 mm)
0002-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
NOTE
Ratings are at quick latch lift hook, using standard counterweight, situated on firm, level,
uniform supporting surface, and with the machine configured with the standard arm and
bucket. Ratings do not apply to any attachments.
HYEX is equipped with an overload alarm. When lifting over the side and the weight limit is exceeded the alarm will
sound until weight limit is within range.
Table 7.
Front Lift Capacities.
LIFTING OVER FRONT IN 1,000 lb (454 kg)

ft (m)
5 (1.52)
10 (3.05)
15 (4.57)
20 (6.10)
20 (6.10)
25 (7.62)
30 (9.14)
7.55 lb
(3.42 kg)*
15 (4.57)
8.52 lb
(3.86 kg)*
8.61 lb
(3.90 kg)*
6.26 lb
(2.84 kg)*
10 (3.05)
14.69 lb
(6.66 kg)*
11.56 lb
(5.24 kg)*
10.05 lb
(4.56 kg)*
8.09 lb
(3.66 kg)*
5 (1.25)
20.76 lb
(9.41 kg)*
14.49 lb
(6.57 kg)*
11.62 lb
(5.27 kg)*
9.68 lb
(4.39 kg)
Ground Line
24.56 lb
(11.14 kg)*
16.88 lb
(7.65 kg)*
12.79 lb
(5.80 kg)
9.46 lb
(4.29 kg)
13.06 lb
(5.92 kg)*
25.71 lb
(11.66 kg)*
17.90 lb
(8.11 kg)
12.48 lb
(5.66 kg)
9.31 lb
(4.22 kg)
22.51 lb
(10.21 kg)*
25.00 lb
(11.33 kg)*
17.77 lb
(8.06 kg)
12.39 lb
(5.62 kg)
29.63 lb
(13.43 kg)*
22.54 lb
(10.22 kg)*
16.71 lb
(7.57 kg)*
12.31 lb
(5.58 kg)
17.28 lb
(7.83 kg)*
12.10 lb
(5.48 kg)*
-5 (-1.52)
-10 (-3.05)
-15 (-4.57)
-20 (6.10)
15.60 lb
(7.07 kg)*
* Hydraulically Limited Capacity
0002-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002
Table 8.
Side Lift Capacities.
LIFTING OVER SIDE IN 1,000 lb (454 kg)

ft (m)
5 (1.52)
10 (3.05)
15 (4.57)
20 (6.10)
20 (6.10)
25 (7.62)
30 (9.14)
7.55 lb
(3.42 kg)*
15 (4.57)
8.52 lb
(3.86 kg)*
8.61 lb
(3.90 kg)*
6.26 lb
(2.84 kg)*
10 (3.05)
14.69 lb
(6.66 kg)*
11.56 lb
(5.24 kg)*
8.88 lb
(4.02 kg)
6.29 lb
(2.85 kg)
5 (1.52)
18.90 lb
(8.57 kg)
12.10 lb
(5.48 kg)
8.39 lb
(3.80 kg)
6.04 lb
(2.73 kg)
Ground Line
17.62 lb
(7.99 kg)
11.35 lb
(5.14 kg)
7.96 lb
(3.61 kg)
5.81 lb
(2.63 kg)
13.06 lb
(5.92 kg)*
17.16 lb
(7.78 kg)
10.92 lb
(4.95 kg)
7.68 lb
(3.48 kg)
5.67 lb
(2.57 kg)
22.51 lb
(10.21 kg)*
17.15 lb
(7.77 kg)
10.80 lb
(4.89 kg)
7.59 lb
(3.44 kg)
29.63 lb
(13.44 kg)*
17.46 lb
(7.91 kg)
10.96 lb
(4.97 kg)
7.77 lb
(3.52 kg)
17.28 lb
(7.83 kg)*
11.53 lb
(5.22 kg)
-5 (-1.52)
-10 (-3.05)
-15 (-4.57)
-20 (6.10)
15.60 lb
(7.07 kg)*
* Hydraulically Limited Capacity
0002-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
0002

HYEX weights with attachments.
Table 9.
HYEX Weights With Attachments.
Machine Weight
Attachment and Weight
Total weight
66,000 (29937 kg)
Barrier Grappler 750 lb (341 kg)
66,750 lb (30277 kg)
66,000 (29937 kg)
Compactor 840 lb (381 kg)
66,840 lb (30318 kg)
66,000 (29937 kg)
Heavy Duty Bucket 1,600 lb (726 kg). 67,600 lb (30663 kg)
66,000 (29937 kg)
Ditching Bucket 1,600 lb (726 kg)
67,600 lb (30663 kg)
66,000 (29937 kg)
Breaker 4,900 lb (2223 kg)
70,900 lb (32160 kg)
66,000 (29937 kg)
Crush-All 5,800 lb (2631 kg)
71,800 lb (32568 kg)
Deep dig arm weighs 3,000 lb (1361 kg) and additional counterweight with four mounts and two spacer plates for
deep dig arm operation weigh 1,550 lb (703 kg).
Table 10. Deep Dig Arm Weights.
Machine/Deep Dig Arm/
Counterweight
Attachment and Weight
Total Weight
67,550 lb (30640 kg)
Deep Dig Bucket 1,000 lb (454 kg)
68,550 lb (31094 kg)
67,550 lb (30640 kg)
Deep Ditch Cleaning Bucket 1,000 lb 68,550 lb (31094 kg)

(454 kg)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0002-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
THEORY OF OPERATION
SCOPE
This section explains how components of the HYEX work together. A functional description is given for the engine,
Electronic Control Unit (ECU), fuel system, cooling system, electrical system, and hydraulic system.
Engine
The engine is a John Deere 6068H PowerTech Plus, 6.8L, 6-cylinder diesel engine. The 6068H includes a
turbocharger, electronic control unit, 4-valve per cylinder head, electronic fuel injectors, and a high-pressure common
rail fuel system. The 6068H is air-to-air after cooled to help reduce exhaust emissions while maintaining low-speed
torque. The engine application includes a hydraulically-driven cool-on-demand fan system.
ECU
The electronic control system serves as an engine governor, controlling the engine speed by delivering fuel, in
precise amounts, and at precise time according to a given set of engine conditions in relation to piston position. In
order to achieve this, the control system performs the following functions:
Constantly monitors engine operating conditions
Performs system diagnosis
Notify operator of machine faults through the monitor
Can derate or shut down engine to prevent damage
0003-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
ECU - Continued
Electrical System
5
1
HYEX01511
Figure 1. Electrical System Components.

Table 1.
Electrical System Components.
Batteries
The batteries provide power for the electrical circuits. Two 12-volt batteries are
connected in series to provide 24-volt starting power.
Alternator
The alternator provides 28-volt, 80-amp. current to charge the batteries and
operate the electrical system.
Starter Motor
Part of the starting circuit, the starter motor is used to turn the engine flywheel
fast enough to start the engine.
Slave Receptacle
The slave receptacle can be used to charge the batteries and slave start the
engine from an external power source. The slave receptacle can also be used
to charge and slave start other equipment.
Fuse Panel
The fuse panel provides centrally located fuses that will open the battery circuit
if there is a shorted, grounded wire or excessive current draw by a defective
component in the corresponding circuit. When the circuit is open, no current
will flow through the electrical system. Fuses are easily replaced. If a fuse
continually trips, the affected component or vehicle electrical system requires
repair.
0003-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Hydraulic System
10
11
14
13
15
9
16
12
17
HYEX01512
Figure 2.
Table 2.
Hydraulic System Components.
Hydraulic System Components.
Main Pumps
The HYEX has two main hydraulic pumps that supply hydraulic oil for all
functions including boom, arm, bucket, swing, and travel.
Pilot Pump
The pilot pump is a small gear pump that keeps oil moving through the pilot
system. It also provides the pressure to move the spools in the main hydraulic
valve and to release the spring-applied hydraulically-released swing and park
brakes.
Hydraulic Reservoir
The hydraulic reservoir is pressurized ensuring that hydraulic oil is always

supplied to the pumps.
Main Control Valve
The control valve consists of two monoblock valves referred to as the left control
valve and right control valve. There is a spool in each valve to control the boom,
arm, and travel functions. All other functions are supplied by a single spool in
one or the other of the valves. All spools are moved by pilot oil. Each valve
section controls the flow rate and direction for its hydraulic circuit.
0003-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Hydraulic System - Continued
10
11
14
13
15
9
16
12
17
HYEX01512
Figure 3. Hydraulic System Components Continued.

Table 3.
Hydraulic System Components Continued.
10
Pilot Signal Manifold
The pilot signal manifold is in the pilot system between the pilot control valves
and the control valve and regulators. The manifold receives a pilot signal from
the pilot control valves and sends the signal on multiple paths simultaneously
so there is little lag between operation of the pilot control valves, pump stroke,
and function movement.
11
Swing Motor
The swing motor uses hydraulic pressure supplied by the pumps to make the
upper structure rotate. It has a spring-applied hydraulically-released swing
brake. The swing brake engages as soon as the swing controls are released.
12
Rotary Manifold
The rotary manifold allows the upper structure of the machine to rotate relative
to the undercarriage while still supplying hydraulic oil to the travel motors.
13
Boom Cylinders
The boom cylinders are attached to the main frame and the boom. When
activated they raise and lower the boom.
14
Arm Cylinder
The arm cylinder is attached between the boom and the arm. When activated,
this cylinder moves the arm in and out.
0003-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Hydraulic System - Continued

Table 3.
Hydraulic System Components Continued - Continued.
15
Hydraulic Thumb
Cylinder
The hydraulic thumb cylinder is attached between the arm and the thumb.
When activated, this cylinder extends and retracts the hydraulic thumb. The
hydraulic thumb cylinder circuit can be closed to provide the hydraulic power
to operate the crush-all, breaker, compactor and deep dig arm accessories.
16
Bucket Cylinder
The bucket cylinder is attached between the arm and the quick latch. When
activated, this cylinder extends and curls the bucket or attachments.
17
Load Holding Valves
Reduced leakage valves are used in the boom head-end circuit and arm rodend circuit. The function of a reduced leakage valve is to reduce cylinder drift
by stopping leakage from the cylinder back through the control valve.
Powertrain
21
18
20
19
HYEX01513
Figure 4.
Table 4.
Powertrain Components.
Powertrain Components.
18
Track Chain Adjuster
The track chain adjuster is located between the frame and the track chain idler.
Grease is added or removed to adjust the track sag. The recoil spring is located
with the track chain adjuster and absorbs shocks to the tracks and track chain
idler.
19
Track
The track assembly consists of the chain and shoes. The travel motor drives
the track to move the machine.
20
Rollers
The machine has two carrier rollers and nine lower track rollers on each side
of the machine. The rollers guide the tracks and keep the tracks in contact with
the ground.
21
Travel Motor
The travel motors are located inside the tracks to prevent damage during
operation. The travel system has a spring-applied hydraulically-released
parking brake. The parking brake engages as soon as the travel controls are
released.
0003-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Fuel System
22
24
27
23
25
26
HYEX01514
28
Figure 5. Fuel System Components.
Table 5.
Fuel System Components.
22
Fuel Transfer Pump
The fuel transfer pump pulls fuel from the fuel tank through the water separator
and sends it through the fuel filters to the high-pressure fuel injection pump.
23
Primary Fuel/Water
Separator
The primary water separator keeps large particles and contaminants from
entering the high-pressure fuel pump.
24
Secondary Fuel/Water
Separator
The secondary water separator keeps small particles and contaminants from
entering the pressure fuel pump.
25
Lubricity Canister
The lubricity canister is a spin-on canister with a lubricant that is slowly released
into the fuel. To enable use of all types of diesel fuels.
26
Fuel Tank
The fuel tank has 132 gal (500 liter) capacity and is equipped with a low fuel
level alarm and vented fill cap.
27
Fuel Tank Strainer
The strainer is designed to keep debris from entering the fuel system.
28
Fuel Tank Drain Valve
The drain valve is used to remove water and debris from the fuel tank.
0003-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Fuel System - Continued
30
29
HYEX01515
Figure 6.
Table 6.
High-Pressure Pump and Injectors.
High-Pressure Pump and Injectors.
29
High-Pressure Fuel
Pump
The high-pressure fuel pump increases the fuel pressure to send exact
amounts of fuel to the injector nozzles.
30
Fuel Injectors
The fuel injectors turn the stream of fuel into a fine spray, which permits good
combustion in the cylinder. There is one nozzle for each cylinder. The injectors
are located under the rocker arm cover.
0003-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Fuel System - Continued

Cooling
31
33
32
34
HYEX01516
Figure 7.
Table 7.
Cooling Package.
Cooling Package.
31
Radiator
Coolant circulates through the radiator to be cooled after leaving the cylinder
block.
32
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
The hydraulic oil cooler uses air from the fan to cool the oil before returning it
to the reservoir.
33
Charge Air Cooler
The charge air cooler cools the air supplied to the engine to decrease fuel
consumption and emissions.
34
Fuel Cooler
Fuel is circulated across the cooler to lower fuel temperature.
0003-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0003
Cooling - Continued
35
36
37
HYEX01517
Figure 8.
Table 8.
Cooling System Components.
Cooling System Components.
35
Coolant Surge Tank
The coolant surge tank is where the coolant level is checked and added.
36
Engine Oil Cooler
Coolant from the radiator passes through the engine oil cooler to maintain a
safe operating temperature.
37
Fan
The variable speed fan is located at the front of the engine and is driven by a
hydraulic motor. The speed of the fan is varied to provide the amount of airflow
that the engine coolant, charge air cooler, or hydraulic cooler need, ensuring
maximum fuel efficiency, reduced noise levels, and faster engine warm up. A
reversing function reverses the cooling fan to help clean the cooling package
of dirt and debris.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0003-9/10 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
CHAPTER 2
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
NSN 3805-01-573-0677
TM 5-3805-294-10
0004
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
INTRODUCTION
The following tables and illustrations provide the description and use of the controls and indicators pertaining to the
front switch panel, heater and air conditioner control panel, control pedals and levers, left console, left and right
control levers, seat controls and arm rest, coolant heater and cab door, and warning indicators and alarms.
Table 1.
Front Switch Panel.
4
5
1
Figure 1.
HYEX00867
Front Switch Panel.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
Washer/Wiper
Switch
Wiper switch has several positions. The OFF position stops the wipers from
operating and parks them. The INT position operates the wipers intermittently
at the interval selected by the switch position. The ON position operates the
wipers continuously. To operate the washer, push and hold switch down for no
more than 20 seconds. Note that the wiper will not operate unless the
windshield is completely closed.
Operating Lights
Switch
This is a three-position switch. The first position turns on the drive light. Front
Switch panel will also illuminate. The second position turns on the boom work
lights, the front cab work lights, and the drive light. If the default screen on the
monitor is displayed, the background goes from white to black.
0004-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0004
Table 1. Front Switch Panel - Continued.

Key
Control/Indicator
Function
Engine Speed Dial
The dial is used to increase or decrease engine speed.
4
5
1
Figure 2.
HYEX00867
Front Switch Panel Continued.
Auto-Idle (A/I)
Switch
This is a two-position switch. In the ON position, it will reduce the engine speed
after 4 seconds when control levers are in the neutral position. In the OFF
position the operator can set the engine speed to improve machine control.
Power Mode Switch
This is a three-position switch. The H/P mode is used when more hydraulic
power is desired for raising the boom and rolling the bucket during excavation
work. The Power (P) mode is used when performing general digging
operations. The Economy (E) mode is used to increase fuel efficiency and
reduces noise level.
Travel Mode Switch
This is a two-position switch. It is used to select fast or slow speed of travel.
Key Switch
This is a four-position switch. When in the OFF position, the key can be
removed. Moving the switch to the ACC position allows the radio to be turned
on or off. In the ON position, all electrical functions will operate. Move and
release the switch to the START position starts the machine.
0004-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 2.
0004
Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio.

16
15 14 13
10
12
11
HYEX00868
17
Figure 3. Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio.

Key
Control/Indicator
Function
Blower Fan Speed

Buttons
Increases or decreases the speed of the blower fans. Turns on blower fans
when A/C is off.
Monitor Display
Displays blower fan speed, selected air vent, and temperature setting.
10
A/C Button
When pressed, it turns on the air conditioning (A/C) and illuminates the A/C
indicator.
11
AUTO Button
When pressed, it turns on the AUTO and A/C indicators. Air flow-in temperature
at the vent, blower fan speed, vent locations, and fresh air port are then
automatically controlled.
0004-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0004
Table 2. Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio - Continued.

Key
Control/Indicator
Function
12
OFF Button
When pressed the A/C and blower fans will turn off. Blower fans will turn on if
one of the blower fan speed buttons is pressed even if the OFF button is on or
off.
16
15 14 13
10
12
11
HYEX00868
17
Figure 4. Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio Continued.

13
Temperature
Control Buttons
Press buttons to set temperature from full-cool (FC) to full-heat (FH). The
monitor display will show FC or FH.
14
Recirculating Mode
Button
Press the recirculating mode button to close the fresh air vent and circulate air
already in the cab.
15
Fresh Air Mode

Button
Press fresh air mode to route outside air into the cab.
16
Mode Button
Press to select air vent. Selected vent will display on the monitor display.
17
Radio Display
The radio display contains standard AM/FM radio tuning and volume controls.
0004-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 3.
22
23
0004
Control Pedals and Levers.
21
20
18
19
HYEX00869
Figure 5.
Control Pedals and Levers.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
18
Attachment Pedal
Primarily used to open and close the hydraulic thumb. When attachments are
connected, hydraulic valve selection will disable the hydraulic thumb and
enable this pedal to operate the attachment.
19
Attachment Pedal
Lock
Locks attachment pedal in the neutral position to disable the hydraulic thumb
or any attachments that are connected.
20
Right Travel Pedal
Controls the direction of travel and steers the machine. Pushing down on the
top of the pedal moves the machine forward. Pushing down on the bottom of
the pedal moves the machine backwards.
21
Right Travel Lever
Use this hand lever to perform the same functions as the right travel pedal with
increased control. Pushing forward on the lever moves the machine forward.
Pulling the lever moves the machine backwards.
0004-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 3.
0004
Control Pedals and Levers - Continued.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
22
Left Travel Pedal
Controls the direction of travel and steers the machine. Pushing down on the
top of the pedal moves the machine forward. Pushing down on the bottom of
the pedal moves the machine backwards.
22
23
21
20
18
19
HYEX00869
Figure 6. Control Pedals and Levers Continued.

23
Left Travel Lever
Use this hand lever to perform the same functions as the left travel pedal with
increased control. Pushing forward on the lever moves the machine forward.
Pulling the lever moves the machine backwards.
0004-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 4.
0004
Left Console and Pilot Shutoff Lever.
24
25
26
27
28
HYEX00870
Figure 7. Left Console and Pilot Shutoff Lever.

Key
Control/Indicator
Function
24
Pilot Shutoff Lever
Controls hydraulic functions on the machine. With the lever in the locked
position, hydraulic functions are not operational. In the unlocked position, all
hydraulic functions operate. The engine will not start with the lever in the
unlocked position.
25
Travel Alarm Switch
After the initial 13-second alarm, depressing the right half of the switch will shut
the alarm off.
26
Rear Cab Work

Lights Switch
Turns the rear cab work lights on and off.
27
Auxiliary Control
Switch
Disables the right joystick left and right button auxiliary function.
28
Reversing Cooling
Fan Switch
This is a three position switch that controls the direction that the cooling fan is
moving. AUTO: Every 60 minutes the cooling fan will automatically reverse
direction for 15 seconds without intervention from the operator. OFF Fan
resumes normal operation. MANUAL: Fan will reverse direction for 15 seconds
when right portion of switch is pressed.
0004-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 5.
0004
Right and Left Pilot Control Levers.
31
32
30
29
HYEX00871
Figure 8.
Right Pilot Control Lever.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
29
Right Pilot Control

Lever
When pushed forward, the boom lowers. When pulled back, the boom raises.
When pulled left, the bucket will curl. When pushed right, the bucket will dump.
When released the lever will return to the neutral position.
30
Power Dig Button
Pressing the power dig button gives the operator an 8-second increase in
hydraulic power.
31
Left Button Auxiliary

Function
Used to close crush-all lid if connected.
32
Right Button
Auxiliary Function
Used to open crush-all lid if connected.
0004-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0004
Table 5. Right and Left Pilot Control Levers - Continued.

Key
Control/Indicator
Function
33
Left Pilot Control

Lever
When pushed forward, the arm will go out. When pulled back, the arm will come
in. When pushed left, machine swings left. When pulled right, machine swings
right. When released, lever returns to the neutral position.
34
33
HYEX00872
Figure 9.
34
Horn Button
Left Pilot Control Lever.
When pressed the horn will sound.
0004-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 6.
0004
Seat Controls.
39
40
35
38
37
36
41
HYEX00873
Figure 10.
Seat Controls.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
35
Seat Angle Lever
Allows seat to be adjusted to a desired angle.
36
Seat Adjustment
Handle
Pull up handle to adjust the seat forward or backward.
37
Seat Weight
Adjustment Knob
Turn knob to adjust seat suspension to the proper weight of the operator.
38
Lumbar Adjustment
Squeeze ball to add air for desired lumbar firmness. Press button next to ball
to release air.
0004-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 6.
0004
Seat Controls - Continued.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
39
Backrest
Adjustment Lever
Pull up lever to release backrest and adjust to desired position, then release
lever.
40
Armrest Angle
Adjustment
Turn dial to adjust armrest to desired angle.
41
Seat Assembly
Adjustment Lever
Pull handle to slide entire seat to desired distance from travel pedals.
0004-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 7.
0004
Cab Door Release Lever and Coolant Heater Display.
43
44
45
46
47
48
42
HYEX00874
Figure 11. Cab Door Release Lever and Coolant Heater Display.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
42
Cab Door Release

Lever
Push down to release cab door from the locked open position.
43
Coolant Heater
Display
Displays date and time.
44
Clock Button
Pressing button displays date and time and allows to change date and time
settings.
45
Preset Button
Press the preset button to program the desired time to start cycle.
46
Heat Display
Display will flash when a program is activated or if the coolant heater is

manually operated.
47
Lower Button
Used to lower time, date, or operating time depending on current screen.
0004-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 7.
0004
Cab Door Release Lever and Coolant Heater Display - Continued.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
48
Raise Button
Used to raise time, date, or operating time depending on current screen.
Table 8.
Quick Latch Control.
49
50
HYEX00875
Figure 12.
Quick Latch Control.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
49
Quick Latch Switch
Used to lock and unlock quick latch.
50
Quick Latch Light
Illuminates when switch is in unlatch position.
0004-13
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 9.
0004
Cab Light Switch.
51
HYEX01316
Figure 13.
Cab Light Switch.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
51
Cab Light Switch
Cab light has a two-position switch that turns the light on and off. It will only
illuminate with the key switch turned on. (Not present when armored cab is
installed).
0004-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 10.
0004
Hydraulic Hose Reel.
52
54
53
55
HYEX00876
Figure 14.
Hydraulic Hose Reel.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
52
Hydraulic Hose Reel
Used for hydraulic tools.
53
Hydraulic Tool
Circuit Switch
Moved to the on position when using hydraulic tools.
54
Hydraulic Tool Flow

Regulator
Used to regulate the flow of hydraulic fluid when using the hydraulic hose reel.
55
Deep Dig Control

Pattern Switch
Moved to the on position when using deep dig arm to enable the deep dig
control pattern.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0004-15/16 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0005
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF MONITOR AND ALARMS
INTRODUCTION
The following tables and illustrations provide the description and use of the monitor buttons, indicators, and warning
indicators.
Table 1.
Monitor Buttons and Indicators.

A.I.
7777.7 h
F1
F2
F3
F4
17.3 L/h
8:01
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
Figure 1.
HYEX00858
Monitor.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
Button 1
Press button to key in the number 1 or use as instructed depending on current

screen.
Button 2

screen.
Button 3

screen.
Button 4

screen.
Button 5

screen.
0005-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
0005
Monitor Buttons and Indicators - Continued.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
Button 6/Return to
Default Screen
Button
Press button to key in the number 6, or to return to the default screen.
A.I.
7777.7 h
F1
F2
F3
F4
17.3 L/h
11
8:01
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
12
13
14
8
Figure 2.
10
HYEX00859
Monitor Buttons.
Button 7/F1 function

button
Press button to key in the number 7 or to select the desired preset optional
function from any screen.

button

button
10

button
11
Select Button
Use button as instructed depending on current screen.
12
Back Button
Use button as instructed depending on current screen.
0005-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
0005
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
13
Hour Meter Button
Without key inserted or with key switch OFF, press and hold button to display
default screen and hour meter.
14
Alarm Indicator
Light
Lights when an abnormality has occurred.
Main Menu
Time Set
Attachment Adjustment
Operating Conditions
Maintenance Settings
F1
F2
F3
F4
15
HYEX01319
Figure 3.
15
Menu Button
Main Menu.
Press button to display main menu from any screen. Main menu includes time
set, attachment adjustment, operating conditions, and maintenance settings.
0005-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
0005
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
16
Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Indicates the engine coolant temperature. Needle should be around the center
of the scale during operation.
17
18
19 20 21 22
24
A.I.
7777.7 h
23
25
F1
F2
F3
F4
28
17.3 L/h
8:01
16
1
29
27
F1
F2
F3
F4
26
HYEX00860
30
Figure 4.
Monitor Indicators.
17
Work Mode
Indicator
The icon for the current attachment being used is displayed.
18
Auto-Idle Indicator
When selecting auto-idle from the front switch panel, the auto-idle icon
displays.
19
Auxiliary Indicator
Optional auxiliary data icon displays.
20
Auxiliary Indicator
21
Auxiliary Indicator
22
Engine Preheat
Indicator
If preheat is required, the preheat icon is displayed.
23
Hour Meter
Total machine operation hours counted since the machine started working are
displayed in the unit of hour (h). One digit after the decimal point indicates
tenths of an hour (6 minutes).
0005-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
24
F1 Function Button
Indicator
Optional indicator icon is displayed.
25
F2 Function Button
Indicator
26
F3 Function Button
Indicator
27
F4 Function Button
Indicator
28
Fuel Gauge
Shows level of fuel in fuel tank.
29
Fuel Rate Display
Fuel consumption in Liter/hour (L/h) is displayed.
30
Clock
Indicates present time.
0005-5
0005
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 2.
31
0005
Warning Indicators and Alarms.
33
32
36
35
34
39
37
38
HYEX00861
Figure 5.
Warning Indicators and Alarms.
Key
Control/Indicator
Function
31
Engine Overheat
Alarm
Displays when engine coolant temperature has abnormally increased.
32
Engine Warning
Alarm
Displays when engine has an abnormal operating condition.
33
Engine Oil Pressure

Alarm
Displays when oil pressure has decreased.
34
Alternator Alarm
Displays when an abnormality in the electrical system has occurred.
0005-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0005
Table 2. Warning Indicators and Alarms - Continued.

Key
Control/Indicator
Function
35
Remaining Fuel
Alarm
Displays when fuel level is low.
36
Hydraulic Oil Filter

Alarm
Displays when hydraulic filter is clogged.
37
Air Cleaner Clogged

Alarm
Displays when air cleaner are clogged.
38
Work Mode Alarm
Displays when work mode is abnormal.
39
Pilot Shutoff Lever

Alarm
Displays when pilot shutoff system is abnormal.
40
HYEX00862
Figure 6.
40
Overload Alarm
Overload Alarm.
Illuminates when an overload condition exists when digging.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0005-7/8 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0006
ADJUSTING THE OPERATOR'S SEAT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
ADJUSTMENT
NOTE
Proper seat adjustment is achieved when operator can reach the foot control pedals and the
travel levers easily with the seat belt buckled.
1.
Push down on handle (Figure 1, Item 1) to tilt seat (Figure 1, Item 2).
13
11
10
12
2
6
1
7
3
4
Figure 1.
HYEX00145
Operator's Seat Adjustments.
2.
Turn knob (Figure 1, Item 3) to set operator weight.
3.
Pull up on handle (Figure 1, Item 4) to slide seat (Figure 1, Item 2).
4.
Push on lever (Figure 1, Item 5) to slide seat (Figure 1, Item 2) and controls (Figure 1, Item 6).
0006-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
ADJUSTMENT - Continued
5.
Squeeze bulb (Figure 1, Item 7) to increase lumbar support.
6.
Push button (Figure 1, Item 8) to decrease lumbar support.
7.
Pull up on handle (Figure 1, Item 9) to unlock backrest (10).
8.
Raise or lower headrest (Figure 1, Item 11) to desired height.
9.
Tilt headrest (Figure 1, Item 11) to desired angle.
10.
Turn dial (Figure 1, Item 12) on underside of armrest (Figure 1, Item 13) to adjust angle.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0006-2
0006
TM 5-3805-294-10
0007
STARTING THE ENGINE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Before operations Preventive Maintenance Checks
and Services performed. (WP 0077)
Operators seat adjusted. (WP 0006)
STARTING THE ENGINE
WARNING
Perform a complete walk around the machine prior to starting the engine. Ensure sufficient
clearance from personnel and equipment for safe operation of machine. Prior to starting
engine sound horn to alert personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
1.
Buckle the seat belt (Figure 1, Item 1).
HYEX00090
Figure 1.
Seat Belt.
NOTE
Engine will not start unless pilot shutoff lever is in the LOCKED (up) position.
2.
Place pilot shutoff lever (Figure 2, Item 2) in LOCKED (up) position.
0007-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0007
STARTING THE ENGINE - Continued

2
HYEX00091
Figure 2.
3.
Pilot Shutoff Lever.
Turn engine speed dial (Figure 3, Item 3) to slow idle position.
HYEX00092
Figure 3.
4.
Engine Speed Dial Slow Idle.
Turn key switch (Figure 4, Item 4) to ON position.
0007-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0007
HYEX00093
Figure 4.
Key Switch ON.
NOTE
When the ignition key is turned to the ON position, the "System Starting" screen will display
for about 2 seconds. The default screen will then be displayed.
5.
Wait for "System Starting" screen (Figure 5, Item 5) to change to default screen (Figure 5, Item 6).
6
System Starting...
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX00094
Figure 5.
System Starting and Default Screen.
NOTE
At approximately 32F (0C) or below, the pre-heat indicator will be displayed for up to 15
seconds depending on engine fuel temperature.
6.
Wait until engine preheat indicator (Figure 6, Item 7) is no longer displayed.
0007-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0007

7
A.I.
7777.7 h
F1
F2
F3
F4
17.3 L/h
8:01
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX00095
Figure 6.
Preheat Indicator.
CAUTION
Never operate starter longer than 20 seconds at a time. If engine fails to start, return key
switch to OFF position and wait 2 minutes before attempting to start again. Failure to
comply may result in damage to equipment.
After a false start, wait until engine stops spinning before turning the key again. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Key switch will return to ON position when key is released.
7.
Turn key switch (Figure 7, Item 4) to START position and release when engine starts.
HYEX00099
Figure 7. Key Switch to START.
0007-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0007
CAUTION
If alarm indicators are still displayed after starting the engine, immediately shut down the
engine. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not run engine at fast idle or rapidly accelerate engine until it has reached normal
operating temperature. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
8.
After the engine is started, ensure that no alarm indicators (Figure 8, Item 8) are displayed.
HYEX00096
Figure 8.
9.
Alarm indicator.
Move engine speed dial (Figure 9, Item 3) right 1/3 and allow engine to idle for 30 seconds.
HYEX00100
Figure 9.
10.
Engine Speed Dial Turned to 1/3 Position.
Turn engine speed dial (Figure 10, Item 3) to slow idle position until machine reaches normal operating
temperature.
0007-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0007
HYEX00092
Figure 10. Return Engine Speed Dial to Slow Idle.

END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0007-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0008
MOVING THE HYEX
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine running. (WP 0007)
MOVING THE HYEX
WARNING
Before moving the machine or operating the boom, ensure that the boom has at least 10
ft (3 m) of clearance from overhead wires, power lines, or structures. If lines are near to
your operating area, notify your supervisor prior to operating the boom. Failure to comply
NOTE
If traveling long distances, ensure that travel motors are at the back of the machine.
If travel motors are at the front of the machine, the machine moves in opposite direction
as described in these procedures.
When traveling up slopes, keep the bucket on the uphill side and just above the ground.
When traveling down a slope, operate control pedals or levers slowly.
1.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 1, Item 1) to the unlocked (down) position.
120
LOCK
HYEX00146
Figure 1.
Pilot Shutoff Lever Unlocked.
0008-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0008
MOVING THE HYEX - Continued

2.
Raise boom (Figure 2, Item 2) and arm (Figure 2, Item 3) off of ground to allow for sufficient visibility and to
keep machine stable.
HYEX00147
Figure 2.
Boom and Arm Raised.
CAUTION
When traveling over rough terrain, reduce travel speed to avoid undercarriage damage.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
If carrying a heavy load, keep travel mode switch in the low position for more control of the
machine.
3.
Move travel mode switch (Figure 3, Item 4) to high position.
HYEX00148
Figure 3. Travel Mode Switch.
NOTE
Travel speed of machine is controlled by the foot pedals or travel levers.
0008-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0008
MOVING THE HYEX - Continued

4.
Push down on the front of both foot pedals (Figure 4, Items 5 and 6), or push both travel levers (Figure 4, Items
7 and 8) forward to move HYEX forward.
HYEX01297
Figure 4.
Moving Forward and Backwards.
5.
Push down on the rear of both foot pedals (Figure 4, Items 5 and 6) or pull both travel levers (Figure 4, Items
7 and 8) to move the HYEX backwards.
6.
Allowing both foot pedals (Figure 4, Items 5 and 6), or both travel levers (Figure 4, Items 7 and 8) to return to
center, will stop the HYEX.
END OF TASK
STEERING THE HYEX
WARNING
Use care when backing the machine. Watch clearances. Have an assistant direct you if
you cannot see where you are going. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
NOTE
If travel motors are at the front of the machine, the machine moves in opposite direction as
described in these procedures.
0008-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0008
STEERING THE HYEX - Continued

1.
Pushing front of left foot pedal (Figure 5, Item 5) or push left travel lever (Figure 5, Item 7) forward with right
foot pedal (Figure 5, Item 6) and right travel lever (Figure 5, Item 8) at center turns the HYEX right.
HYEX01296
Figure 5.
2.
Right Turn.
Pushing front of right foot pedal (Figure 6, Item 6) or push right travel lever (Figure 6, Item 8) forward with left
foot pedal (Figure 6, Item 5) and left travel lever (Figure 6, Item 7) at center turns the HYEX left.
HYEX01295
Figure 6.
3.
Left Turn.
Pushing front of left foot pedal (Figure 7, Item 6), or push left travel lever (Figure 7, Item 8) forward and push
down on rear of right foot pedal (Figure 7, Item 7) or pull right travel lever (Figure 7, Item 8) back to counterrotate.
0008-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0008
STEERING THE HYEX - Continued
HYEX01291
Figure 7.
4.
Counter-Rotate.
Allowing both foot pedals (Figure 7, Items 5 and 6) or both travel levers (Figure 7, Items 7 and 8) to return to
center will stop the HYEX.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0008-5/6 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0009
SHUTTING DOWN THE HYEX
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
References (cont.)
WP 0011
WP 0010
SAFELY PARK HYEX

1.
Park machine (Figure 1, Item 1) on solid, level surface.
4
1
HYEX02418
Figure 1.
Machine In Parked Position.
NOTE
Do not force bucket on or in the ground. Bucket should be resting on the ground.
2.
Keeping angle between arm (Figure 1, Item 2) and boom (Figure 1, Item 3), position flat side of bucket (Figure
1, Item 4) on the ground. (WP 0004)
END OF TASK
SHUT DOWN ENGINE
1.
If Auto-Idle (A/I) switch (Figure 2, Item 5) is on, turn Auto-Idle (A/I) switch to the OFF position.
0009-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0009
SHUT DOWN ENGINE - Continued
HYEX00153
Figure 2.
Auto-Idle Switch and Engine Speed Dial.
CAUTION
Turbocharger may be damaged if engine is not shut down properly. Failure to comply may
result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Engine speed dial shown approximately at 1/3 position.
2.
Turn engine speed dial (Figure 2, Item 6) to 1/3 position for 2 minutes without a load.
3.
0009-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0009
HYEX00154
Figure 3.
4.
Engine Speed Dial.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 4, Item 7) to LOCKED (up) position.
HYEX00155
Figure 4.
5.
Turn key switch (Figure 5, Item 8) to OFF position and remove key.
0009-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0009
HYEX00157
Figure 5. Key Switch Turned OFF.
CAUTION
Ensure all windows and doors are closed when machine is parked to prevent electrical system
damage during inclement weather. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
6.
Close windows. (WP 0011)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0009-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0010
SHUTTING DOWN THE HYEX WITH THE DEEP DIG ARM INSTALLED
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
WP 0011
Equipment Condition
SAFELY PARK MACHINE

1.
Park machine (Figure 1, Item 1) on solid, level surface.
3
1
4
HYEX01637
Figure 1.
Machine In Parked Position.
NOTE
Do not force bucket on or in the ground. Bucket should be resting on the ground.
2.
Keeping angle between deep dig arm (Figure 1, Item 2) and arm (Figure 1, Item 3) at approximately 90 degrees,
position flat side of bucket (Figure 1, Item 4) on the ground. (WP 0004)
END OF TASK
SHUT DOWN ENGINE
1.
If Auto-Idle (A/I) switch (Figure 2, Item 5) is on, turn Auto-Idle (A/I) switch to the OFF position.
0010-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0010
HYEX01507
Figure 2.
Auto-Idle Switch and Engine Speed Dial.
CAUTION
Turbocharger may be damaged if engine is not shut down properly. Failure to comply may
result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Engine speed dial shown approximately at 1/3 position.
2.
Turn engine speed dial (Figure 2, Item 6) to 1/3 position for 2 minutes without a load.
3.
0010-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0010
HYEX01508
Figure 3.
4.
Engine Speed Dial.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 4, Item 7) to LOCKED (up) position.
HYEX01509
Figure 4.
5.
Turn key switch (Figure 5, Item 8) to OFF position and remove key.
0010-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0010
HYEX01510
Figure 5. Key Switch Turned OFF.
CAUTION
Ensure all windows and doors are closed when machine is parked to prevent electrical system
damage during inclement weather. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
6.
Close windows. (WP 0011)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0010-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0011
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
WINDSHIELD
NOTE
The wiper will not operate with windshield open.
The washer can operate with windshield open.
1.
Pull lock pin (Figure 1, Item 1) inward and rotate into notch.
HYEX00160
Figure 1.
Open Windshield.
2.
Pull on latch release bar (Figure 1, Item 2) to open windshield (Figure 1, Item 3).
3.
Lift on handle (Figure 2, Item 4) to raise windshield (Figure 2, Item 3) until it latches open.
0011-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0011
WINDSHIELD - Continued
4
3
HYEX00161
Figure 2.
Raise Windshield.
WARNING
Lock pin must be used to secure upper front window in raised position. Failure to comply may
4.
Release lock pin (Figure 3, Item 1) from notch and slide into cab frame lock hole (Figure 3, Item 5).
HYEX00162
Figure 3.
5.
Lock Windshield Open.
To close the windshield, pull lock pin (Figure 4, Item 1) inward from cab frame lock hole (Figure 4, Item 5) and
rotate into notch.
0011-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0011
5
2
HYEX00163
Figure 4.
Release Windshield Latch.
WARNING
Window closes rapidly when released. Use lower handle to prevent window from free falling.
6.
Pull on latch release bar (Figure 4, Item 2).
7.
Hold handle (Figure 5, Item 4) and lower windshield (Figure 5, Item 3) until it is latched in the closed position.
4
3
HYEX00161
Figure 5.
8.
Close Windshield.
Press glass (Figure 6, Item 3) until bar (Figure 6, Item 2) snaps into place.
0011-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0011
HYEX00160
Figure 6.
9.
Latch Windshield.
Release lock pin (Figure 6, Item 1) from notch.
END OF TASK
CAB DOOR WINDOW
1.
To open, release latch (Figure 7, Item 6) and slide cab door window (Figure 7, Item 7) forward.
6
7
HYEX01411
Figure 7.
2.
Open and Close Cab Door Window.
To close, slide cab door window (Figure 7, Item 7) to rear until latch (Figure 7, Item 6) engages.
END OF TASK
0011-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0011
SKYLIGHT WINDOW (SECONDARY EXIT)

1.
Slide access cover (Figure 8, Item 8) open.
HYEX03377
Figure 8.
2.
Open Access Cover.
To open, release two latches (Figure 9, Item 9) and push up on handle (Figure 9, Item 10).
10
HYEX00167
Figure 9.
Open and Close Skylight Window.
3.
To close, pull down on handle (Figure 9, Item 10) and engage two latches (Figure 9, Item 9).
4.
Slide access cover (Figure 10, Item 8) closed.
0011-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0011
SKYLIGHT WINDOW (SECONDARY EXIT) - Continued
HYEX03377
Figure 10.
Close Access Cover.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0011-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0012
USING THE RIFLE MOUNT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
STOW
NOTE
Rifle mount is designed to store an M4 with optics, M240B, M249, or M16 series weapon with
and without M203 grenade launcher.
1.
Place butt of weapon in rear mounting bracket (Figure 1, Item 1).
HYEX00999
Figure 1.
2.
Stow Weapon In Rear Bracket
Place barrel of weapon in front mounting bracket (Figure 2, Item 2).
0012-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0012
STOW - Continued
HYEX00998
Figure 2. Stow Weapon In Front Bracket

3.
If necessary, loosen two handles (Figure 2, Item 3) and slide front mounting bracket (Figure 2, Item 2) on two
rails (Figure 2, Item 4).
4.
Tighten two handles (Figure 2, Item 3).
END OF TASK
REMOVE
1.
Lift barrel of weapon from front mounting bracket (Figure 3, Item 2).
HYEX00998
Figure 3. Remove Weapon From Front Bracket

2.
Remove butt of weapon from rear mounting bracket (Figure 4, Item 1).
0012-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0012
REMOVE - Continued
HYEX00999
Figure 4. Remove Weapon From Rear Bracket

END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0012-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0013
GENERAL MONITOR OPERATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
TIME ADJUSTMENT
NOTE
After approximately 1 minute the monitor will return to the default screen.
1.
Press menu button.
Main Menu
TIME SET
Time Set
SELECT
BUTTON
BUTTON 1
BUTTON 2
F1
F2
F3
F4
MENU
BUTTON
HYEX00057
Figure 1.
Select Time Set Menu.
2.
Press button 1 or button 2 until the Time Set menu is highlighted.
3.
Press select button to open Time Set menu.
0013-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0013
TIME ADJUSTMENT - Continued

4.
Press button 1 or button 2 to select date or time.

Time Set
2005 /
12 /
12 :
BUTTON
1
23
23
SELECT
BUTTON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
BACK
BUTTON
BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON

2
3
4
Figure 2.
HYEX00058
Adjust Time.
5.
Press button 3 or button 4 to adjust date or time up or down.
6.
After desired date and time is achieved, press button 1 or button 2 until the apply setting icon is highlighted.
7.
Press select button and "Data is being applied" will display on the screen.
8.
Press back button until default screen is displayed.
END OF TASK
DISPLAYING OPERATING CONDITIONS
1.
Press menu button 1.

Main Menu
Time Set
OPERATING
CONDITIONS
SELECT
BUTTON
1
BUTTON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
BUTTON
2
Figure 3.
BACK
BUTTON
MENU
BUTTON
Select Operating Conditions Menu.
2.
Press button 1 or button 2 until the Operating Conditions menu is highlighted.
3.
Press select button.
0013-2
HYEX00059
TM 5-3805-294-10
0013
DISPLAYING OPERATING CONDITIONS - Continued

4.
Operating Conditions menu will be displayed.

Reset Data. OK?
SELECT
BUTTON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
BACK
BUTTON
HYEX00060
Figure 4.
Reset Operating Conditions.
5.
To reset data, press select button.
6.
The Reset Data. OK? is displayed.
7.
If reset is not desired, press back button.
8.
When finished with menu, press back button until default screen is displayed.
END OF TASK
MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Maintenance settings are to be accessed only by the Field Level maintainer.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0013-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014
REMOVING AND INSTALLING BUCKET
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0007
Equipment Condition
Machine safely parked and shut down.
(WP 0009)
REMOVING BUCKET
WARNING
With quick latch wedges disengaged from bucket, the bucket can fall off of the quick latch.
Ensure that personnel are clear of equipment when removing or installing bucket. Slowly
retract or extend bucket cylinder when removing or installing bucket. Failure to comply may
NOTE
The ditch cleaning bucket and 42 inch rock bucket are removed the same way. 42 inch rock
bucket shown.
1.
Lift and rotate safety lock pin lever (Figure 1, Item 1).
1
HYEX03379
Figure 1.
Unlock Safety Lock Pin.
2.
Start engine. (WP 0007)
3.
Raise boom (Figure 2, Item 2) to allow adequate ground clearance for bucket (Figure 2, Item 3).
0014-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014
REMOVING BUCKET - Continued

2
3
HYEX03380
Figure 2.
4.
Raise Boom.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 3, Item 4) to unlatch position.
HYEX00939
Figure 3.
5.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position.
Fully extend bucket cylinder (Figure 4, Item 5) until quick latch wedges (Figure 4, Item 6) are fully retracted.
0014-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014

5
6
HYEX03387
Figure 4.
Extend Bucket Cylinder.
WARNING
6.
Slowly retract bucket cylinder (Figure 5, Item 5) and position quick latch (Figure 5, Item 7) in vertical position.
HYEX03384
Figure 5.
Retract Bucket Cylinder.
NOTE
Ensure that arm is just past the vertical position prior to setting bucket on the ground.
7.
Slowly lower boom (Figure 6, Item 2) and place bucket (Figure 6, Item 3) on ground.
0014-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014

2
3
HYEX03382
Figure 6.
8.
Lower Boom.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 7, Item 4) in latch position.
HYEX00939
Figure 7.
9.
Position Quick Latch Switch to Latch position.
Remove quick latch (Figure 8, Item 7) from bucket (Figure 8, Item 3).
0014-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014
3
HYEX03389
Figure 8.
Remove Quick Latch.
END OF TASK
INSTALLING BUCKET
WARNING
NOTE
The ditch cleaning bucket and 42 inch rock bucket are installed the same way. 42 inch rock
bucket shown.
1.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 9, Item 4) in the unlatch position.
0014-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014
INSTALLING BUCKET - Continued
HYEX00939
Figure 9.
2.
Position Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch position.
Raise boom (Figure 10, Item 2) to allow for adequate ground clearance.
HYEX03385
Figure 10.
Raise Boom for Clearance.
WARNING
3.
Slowly extend bucket cylinder (Figure 11, Item 5) until quick latch wedges (Figure 11, Item 6) are fully retracted.
0014-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014

5
6
HYEX03383
Figure 11.
4.
Retract Wedges.
Position quick latch (Figure 12, Item 7) in vertical position.

5
7
3
HYEX03381
Figure 12.
Install Quick Latch.
5.
Install quick latch (Figure 12, Item 7) to bucket (Figure 12, Item 3).
6.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 12, Item 5) until quick latch (Figure 12, Item 7) is resting on bucket (Figure 12,
Item 3).
7.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 13, Item 4) in latch position.
0014-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014
HYEX00939
Figure 13. Position Quick Latch Switch toLatch position.

8.
Raise boom (Figure 14, Item 2) to allow for ground clearance.

2
5
6
HYEX03386
Figure 14.
Raise Boom.
9.
Fully extend bucket cylinder (Figure 14, Item 5) to ensure quick latch wedges (Figure 14, Item 6) are fully
engaged.
10.
Position bucket (Figure 15, Item 3) on ground.
0014-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0014
HYEX03378
Figure 15.
11.
Safety Pin Locked.
Rotate safety lock pin lever (Figure 15, Item 1) to lock position.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0014-9/10 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
LIFTING WITH HYEX
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools
Suitable Lifting Device
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required
Horizontal Construction Engineer 12N (2)
LIFTING
WARNING
LIFTING GUIDELINES:
Do not use machine to lift personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Do not hook lifting device to bucket teeth. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
Ensure load does not exceed the capacity of machine or lifting device. Failure to comply
Lift load only as high as necessary. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Move load slowly. Do not allow lifted items to strike obstacles. Failure to comply may
Personnel must remain clear of lifted items. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
NOTE
Use a suitable lifting device and tether lines to guide load.
Coordinate hand signals with assistant prior to lifting.
1.
Secure lifting device (Figure 1, Item 1) to load (Figure 1, Item 2).
0015-1
0015
TM 5-3805-294-10
0015
LIFTING - Continued
5
3
1
2
HYEX00919
Figure 1.
Lifting with Quick Latch Loop.
2.
Curl bucket (Figure 1, Item 3) and retract arm (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Attach lifting device (Figure 1, Item 1) to quick latch loop (Figure 1, Item 5).
4.
With the aid of an assistant, raise load (Figure 1, Item 2) and verify stability of load and machine (Figure 1,
Item 6) before moving the machine.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0015-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
OPERATING TECHNIQUES
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
LEVELING MACHINE
NOTE
Operating on a firm, level surface optimizes machine stability.
1.
Create a level worksite by counter-rotating the tracks 30 degrees to each side to compact the surface material.
HYEX01483
Figure 1.
2.
Leveling Machine.
If necessary, use bucket to add or remove material to level the worksite.
HYEX01484
Figure 2.
3.
Add or Remove Material.
If material is added, drive over new material to compact it until the worksite feels stable.
END OF TASK
0016-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
ARM DIGGING
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
CAUTION
When bucket cylinder is fully extended, do not strike the ground or use the bucket for
tamping. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not use the bucket as a hammer, pile driver, or attempt to shift rocks and break down
walls using swing motion. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not side load bucket, swing bucket to level material, or strike objects from the side
with the bucket. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
If you clean the bucket by rapping it against the cylinder stops, use MINIMUM amount of
force to prevent damage to the cylinders. Clean the bucket by hand if rapping the bucket
lightly does not work. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Initial cut should be approximately 4 ft (122 cm) long and 3-4 in. (76-102 mm) deep.
Remaining cuts should be approximately 4 ft (122 cm) long and 4-6 in. (102-152 mm)
deep.
1.
Position arm in a vertical position.
0016-2
0016
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
ARM DIGGING - Continued
HYEX01486
Figure 3.
Arm Digging.
2.
Move arm away from machine approximately 2 ft (61 cm).
3.
While retracting arm curl bucket as bucket fills.
END OF TASK
BUCKET DIGGING
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
CAUTION
When bucket cylinder is fully extended, do not strike the ground or use the bucket for
tamping. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not use the bucket as a hammer, pile driver, or attempt to shift rocks and break down
walls using swing motion. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not side load bucket, swing bucket to level material, or strike objects from the side
with the bucket. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
0016-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
BUCKET DIGGING - Continued

If you clean the bucket by rapping it against the cylinder stops, use MINIMUM amount of
force to prevent damage to the cylinders. Clean the bucket by hand if rapping the bucket
lightly does not work. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Ensure that correct bucket is used for the type of material being excavated.
Excavate in thin layers to fragment material and to ease in dumping material from the
bucket. This especially applies to sticky materials.
For power digging and for working in confined areas, use the bucket cylinder for digging.
1.
Lower bucket to the digging area.
HYEX01485
Figure 4.
Bucket Digging.
2.
Use boom to force bucket into ground.
3.
Retract arm and curl bucket at the same time until bucket is full.
4.
If bucket stalls, raise boom slightly then continue to curl bucket .
5.
If arm stalls, roll back bucket to break out.
END OF TASK
0016-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
PLANNING SPOIL PILES
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
1.
Place spoil piles at least 3 ft (1 m) away from excavation. The deeper the excavation, the further away the spoil
pile should be placed.
HYEX01487
Figure 5.
Planning Spoil Piles.
2.
If required, place spoil piles for convenient truck loading or backfilling.
3.
On slopes, place spoil piles on the upper side of the slope to improve machine stability and ease backfilling.
END OF TASK
TRENCHING
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
0016-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
TRENCHING - Continued
1.
Before starting work, walk the site to uncover hazards and to plan the job.
HYEX01504
Figure 6.
Trenching.
2.
Check for buried utility lines, pipes, and gas or oil pipelines.
3.
Prevent a cave in by digging a "V" shaped trench placing the spoil pile at least 3 ft (1 m) away from the trench.
4.
The deeper the trench, the further away the spoil pile should be placed.
END OF TASK
CLEANING A CAVE IN
1.
If you cannot clean a cave in from the machine's current position, DO NOT back over the trench.
HYEX01503
Figure 7.
Cleaning Cave In.
2.
Drive the machine to the cave in.
3.
Park the machine at a 90 degree angle to the trench with the travel motors to the rear of the machine.
0016-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
CLEANING A CAVE IN - Continued

4.
Clean cave in from the side of the trench.
END OF TASK
TRENCHING ON A SLOPE
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
NOTE
The deeper the trench the further away the spoil pile should be.
1.
When trenching across a slope, level the machine so that the bottom of the trench will be level.
HYEX01488
Figure 8.
Trenching on a Slope.
2.
Level machine by counter-rotating tracks or by digging a shelf.
3.
Place spoil piles on the upper side of the slope to improve machine stability and ease backfilling.
END OF TASK
0016-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
STRAIGHT LINE TRENCHING
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
NOTE
The deeper the trench, the further away the spoil pile should be.
1.
Drive two stakes in the ground at the beginning of the trench.
HYEX01489
Figure 9.
Straight Line Trenching.
2.
Drive the first stake immediately behind the start point of the trench. Drive the second stake approximately
30 ft (9 m) behind the first stake.
3.
Use stakes as a sight gauge. They are especially helpful when the machine is moved often.
END OF TASK
BACKFILLING
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
0016-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
BACKFILLING - Continued
CAUTION
Do not use side of bucket to backfill. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
The bucket side can be used for finish grading.
1.
Position machine at a 90 degree angle to the excavation with the travel motors to the rear of the machine.
HYEX01490
Figure 10.
2.
Back Filling.
Use material from spoil pile to backfill.
END OF TASK
0016-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0016
TRUCK LOADING
WARNING
PREVENTING CAVE IN
1.
Position bucket and slowly dump load in vehicle at the front center of the bed.
HYEX01491
Figure 11.
2.
Truck Loading.
Continue to fill bed from front to rear.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0016-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0017
OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC THUMB
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GENERAL HYDRAULIC THUMB INFORMATION

The hydraulic thumb was designed to be used for the following:
1. Clamping and lifting.
2. Medium duty scrap handling.
3. Demolition of wood and brick structures.
4. Medium duty land clearing/grubbing.
5. Bulky loose materials.
6. Logging.
The hydraulic thumb was not designed and should not be used for the following:
1. Ripping up concrete or asphalt.
2. Quarry applications.
3. Heavy scrap handling.
4. Heavy land clearing.
5. Heavy grubbing.
6. Breaking ledge rock.
CLAMPING WITH THE BUCKET
1.
Position hydraulic thumb (Figure 1, Item 1) near the object to be picked up.
HYEX01175
Figure 1.
2.
Clamping With Bucket.
Curl the bucket (Figure 1, Item 2) until it begins to force the object to the hydraulic thumb (Figure 1, Item 1).
0017-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0017
CLAMPING WITH THE BUCKET - Continued

3.
Gently move the bucket control to pick the object up without crushing it.
END OF TASK
CLAMPING WITH THE HYDRAULIC THUMB
NOTE
This method is less precise and should only be used when there is no concern about crushing
the object being lifted.
1.
Position hydraulic thumb (Figure 2, Item 1) in the store position.
1
2
HYEX01174
Figure 2. Clamping With Hydraulic Thumb.

2.
Curl bucket (Figure 2, Item 2) and position it near or in contact with the object being picked up.
3.
Move hydraulic thumb (Figure 2, Item 1) to grasp and clamp the object.
END OF TASK
0017-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0017
MOVING AND RELEASING CLAMPED OBJECTS
WARNING
Never lift clamped objects over personnel. The possibility of the clamped object to fall
always exists. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Always keep object close to machine when lifting with the hydraulic thumb and bucket.
When the object is moved away from the machine using the boom or arm, the machine
becomes unstable and could roll over. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Always look before releasing a load. Never release load while moving or turning. Failure
1.
Move object to desired location.
1
2
HYEX01174
Figure 3.
2.
Releasing Objects.
Retract either the hydraulic thumb (Figure 3, Item 1) or bucket (Figure 3, Item 2) to release object.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0017-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0018
SELECTING AN ATTACHMENT ON THE MONITOR
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
SELECTING ATTACHMENT
1.
Press F1 button and Work Mode screen will be displayed.

Work Mode
Dig
Breaker 1
Crusher 1
Pulverizer 1
BUTTON
1
1
F1
BUTTON
Breaker 2
F1
F2
F3
F4
BUTTON
5
BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON

2
3
4
Figure 1.
2.
HYEX00172
Select Attachment.
Use the following table to select attachment.

Table 1.
Attachment Selection.
Attachment to be used
Monitor key pad button
Attachment mode to be selected
Bucket/Thumb
Dig
Breaker
Breaker 1
Compactor
Breaker 2
Crush-All
Pulverizer 1
Deep dig arm
Crusher 1
0018-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0018
SELECTING ATTACHMENT - Continued

3.
The attachment specification screen will be displayed.

Breaker 1
Maximum Pump Flow Rate
288.0 L/min
Maximum Engine Speed
1800 min-1
Valve Selector O/T
Accumulator
2-Speed Selector OFF
2ndary Hydraulic Relief Selector ON
OFF
SELECT
BUTTON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX00173
Figure 2. Attachment Specification Screen.

4.
Verify the attachment specifications are the same as displayed on the monitor.
5.
Press the select button. The default screen will be displayed.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0018-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE CRUSH-ALL
INITIAL SETUP:
Wrench, Open End, 2 1/2 in. (63.5 mm)
(WP 0095, Table 2, Item 15)
Wrench, Open End, 3 in. (76 mm)
Wrench, Open End, Adjustable 0.95 in. (24 mm)
References (cont.)
WP 0009
WP 0018
WP 0092
Equipment Condition
Safely park and shutdown machine. (WP 0009)
Bucket removed. (WP 0014)
Materials/Parts
Rags, Wiping (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 15)
References
WP 0007
INSTALLING CRUSH-ALL
1.
Start machine. (WP 0007)
2.
Retract hydraulic thumb cylinder (Figure 1, Item 1).
3
4
2
6
5
3
HYEX03392
Figure 1.
Close Hydraulic Thumb Circuit.
3.
Remove retaining clip (Figure 1, Item 2) from pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
4.
Remove pin (Figure 1, Item 3) from storage position (Figure 1, Item 4).
0019-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
INSTALLING CRUSH-ALL - Continued
WARNING
Keep hands away from pin and alignment holes while thumb is being moved. Only use prybar
to push pin. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Thumb may need to be repositioned multiple times with slight movements of the cylinder until
proper alignment of thumb to arm is achieved in order for pin to slide completely through.
5.
Using prybar to push pin (Figure 1, Item 3), install pin in thumb lock position (Figure 1, Item 5).
6.
Install retaining clip (Figure 1, Item 2) on pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
NOTE
There are two auxiliary circuit shutoff valves. There is one located on both sides of the arm.
Left side shown.
7.
Close two auxiliary circuit shut off valves (Figure 1, Item 6).
8.
HYEX03393
Figure 2.
9.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position.
Fully extend bucket cylinder (Figure 3, Item 8) to ensure quick latch wedges (Figure 3, Item 9) are fully retracted.
0019-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019

8
9
HYEX03394
Figure 3.
10.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 4, Item 8) until quick latch (Figure 4, Item 10) is in the vertical position.
8
10
11
HYEX03397
Figure 4.
11.
Install quick latch (Figure 4, Item 10) to crush-all (Figure 4, Item 11).
12.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 4, Item 8) until quick latch (Figure 4, Item 10) is resting on crush-all (Figure 4,
Item 11).
13.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 5, Item 7) to latch position.
0019-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
HYEX03393
Figure 5. Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position.

14.
Raise boom (Figure 6, Item 12) to allow adequate ground clearance of crush-all (Figure 6, Item 11).
12
14
13
11
HYEX03395
Figure 6.
Position Crush-All.
15.
Curl crush-all (Figure 6, Item 11) as in Figure 6 until quick latch wedges (Figure 6, Item 9) are fully engaged
to crush-all (Figure 6, Item 11).
16.
17.
Extend arm cylinder (Figure 6, Item 14) and lower boom (Figure 6, Item 12) to position crush-all (Figure 6, Item
11) on ground.
18.
Shutdown machine. (WP 0009)
19.
Clean cap (Figure 7, Item 15) and machine quick disconnect (Figure 7, Item 16) with rag.
0019-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
18
16
17
15
HYEX01501
Figure 7.
Connect Auxiliary Supply Line.
20.
Clean plug (Figure 7, Item 17) and attachment quick disconnect (Figure 7, Item 18) with rag.
21.
Remove cap (Figure 7, Item 15) from machine quick disconnect (Figure 7, Item 16).
22.
Remove plug (Figure 7, Item 17) from attachment quick disconnect (Figure 7, Item 18).
23.
Connect attachment quick disconnect (Figure 7, Item 18) to machine quick disconnect (Figure 7, Item 16).
24.
Clean plug (Figure 8, Item 19) and machine quick disconnect (Figure 8, Item 20) with rag.
27
28
29
26
24
22
20
23, 25
19, 21
HYEX01502
Figure 8.
Connect Auxiliary Return Line.
25.
Clean cap (Figure 8, Item 21) and attachment quick disconnect (Figure 8, Item 22) with rag.
26.
Remove plug (Figure 8, Item 19) from machine quick disconnect (Figure 8, Item 20).
27.
Remove cap (Figure 8, Item 20) from attachment quick disconnect (Figure 8, Item 21).
28.
29.
Clean plug (Figure 8, Item 23) and machine quick disconnect (Figure 8, Item 24).
30.
31.
Remove plug (Figure 8, Item 23) from machine quick disconnect Figure 8, Item (24).
32.
33.
0019-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
34.
Remove cap (Figure 8, Item 27) from connector (Figure 8, Item 28).
35.
Attach connector (Figure 8, Item 29) to connector (Figure 8, Item 28).
END OF TASK
OPERATION
1.
2.
Select the Pulverizer 1 on the monitor. (WP 0018)
3.
Turn on the Auxiliary Control Switch. (WP 0004)
4.
Adjust discharge size as needed. (WP 0092)
WARNING
Ensure operator protection guard is installed prior to operation. Failure to comply may
Crush-All can throw objects at any time during operation. Ensure personnel maintain
distance of 150 ft (45.72 m). Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Do not reach into machine to remove debris. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
Do not operate Crush-All with guards, panels, or covers removed. Failure to comply may
CAUTION
Do not overload Crush-All, strike objects or ground, or use sides of Crush-All to move material.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
When crushing concrete, asphalt, brick, block, or softer stone, the maximum feed size is
18 in. x 18 in. (45.72 cm x 45.72 cm).
When crushing slag, limestone, or other materials with dirt, the maximum feed size is 15
in. x 5 in. (38.1 cm x 12.7 cm).
To reduce dust output, wet down material prior to crushing.
5.
Place engine at full speed while crushing. (WP 0004)
6.
Lift Crush-All (Figure 9, Item 11) approximately 6 ft (182.8 cm) off ground.
0019-6
0019
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
OPERATION - Continued
34
31
30
32
33
11
HYEX01499
Figure 9.
Crush-All Operation.
7.
Curl crush-all (Figure 9, Item 11) to vertical position.
8.
Release attachment pedal lock (Figure 9, Item 30).
9.
Press attachment pedal (Figure 9, Item 31) to turn on Crush-All (Figure 9, Item 11).
10.
Allow Crush-All (Figure 9, Item 11) to run for 5 minutes with no load.
11.
Press attachment pedal (Figure 9, Item 31) and press button (Figure 9, Item 32) to open lid (Figure 9, Item
33).
NOTE
Scooping material is best performed by arming into the material, then boom up and curl as
the Crush-All is elevated above material.
12.
Scoop material and raise Crush-All (Figure 9, Item 11) away from material.
13.
Curl Crush-All (Figure 9, Item 11) to vertical position.
NOTE
Reduce dust by keeping bottom of Crush-All close to stock pile.
14.
Swing Crush-All (Figure 9, Item 11) over stock pile.
15.
Press button (Figure 9, Item 34) to close lid (Figure 9, Item 32).
16.
Allow all material to pass through crush-all (Figure 9, Item 11).
NOTE
To avoid jamming, hold attachment pedal until all material has been discharged.
17.
Release attachment pedal (Figure 9, Item 31) to turn off crush-all (Figure 9, Item 11).
0019-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
OPERATION - Continued
18.
Engage attachment pedal lock (Figure 9, Item 30).
END OF TASK
JAMMING
WARNING
Ensure operator protection guard is installed prior to operation. Failure to comply may
Crush-All can throw objects at any time during operation. Ensure personnel maintain
distance of 150 ft (45.72 m). Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Do not reach into machine to remove debris. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
Do not operate Crush-All with guards, panels, or covers removed. Failure to comply may
CAUTION
Do not attempt to clear jam by striking Crush-All on ground. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
NOTE
These steps may be used to clear uncrushable material from machine.
It may be necessary to shake Crush-All.
1.
Press attachment pedal (Figure 10, Item 31) and press button (Figure 10, Item 32) to open lid (Figure 10, Item
33).
0019-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
JAMMING - Continued
31
32
33
HYEX03431
Figure 10.
2.
Open Lid.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 11, Item 8) to dump crush-all (Figure 10, Item 11) upside down and allow
material to fall out.
8
11
HYEX03148
Figure 11.
Clearing Jam from Crush-All.
3.
4.
Use a sturdy piece of lumber to push rotor (Figure 12, Item 34) in reverse.
0019-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
JAMMING - Continued
35
34
HYEX03149
Figure 12. Push Crush-All Rotor Backwards.

5.
If material is jammed between the curtain (Figure 12, Item 35) and rotor (Figure 12, Item 34), raise curtain.
(WP 0092)
6.
If material will not dislodge, contact Field Level Maintenance.
END OF TASK
REMOVING CRUSH-ALL
1.
12
14
11
HYEX03432
Figure 13.
Position Crush-All.
2.
Curl crush-all (Figure 13, Item 11) under as shown in Figure 13.
3.
Extend arm cylinder (Figure 13, Item 14), lower boom (Figure 13, Item 12), and position crush-all (Figure 13,
Item 11) on ground.
4.
0019-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
REMOVING CRUSH-ALL - Continued

5.
Remove connector (Figure 14, Item 29) from connector (Figure 14, Item 28).
27
28
29
26
24
22
20
23, 25
19, 21
HYEX01502
Figure 14.
Disconnect Auxiliary Return Line.
6.
Install cap (Figure 14, Item 27) to connector (Figure 14, Item 28).
7.
Clean attachment quick disconnect (Figure 14, Item 26) and machine quick disconnect (Figure 14, Item 24)
with rag.
8.
Clean cap (Figure 14, Item 25) and plug (Figure 14, Item 23) with rag.
9.
Remove attachment quick disconnect (Figure 14, Item 26) from machine quick disconnect (Figure 14, Item
24).
10.
Install cap (Figure 14, Item 25) to attachment quick disconnect (Figure 14, Item 26).
11.
Install plug (Figure 14, Item 23) to machine quick disconnect (Figure 14, Item 24).
12.
with rag.
13.
14.
20).
15.
16.
17.
with rag.
0019-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
18
16
17
15
HYEX01501
Figure 15. Disconnect Auxiliary Supply Line.

18.
19.
16).
20.
Install plug (Figure 15, Item 17) to attachment quick disconnect (Figure 15, Item 18).
21.
Install cap (Figure 15, Item 15) to machine quick disconnect (Figure 15, Item 16).
22.
23.
HYEX03393
Figure 16. Move Quick Latch Switch.

24.
0019-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019

12
14
13
11
HYEX03433
Figure 17.
25.
Raise Boom.
Lift and rotate safety lock pin lever (Figure 17, Item 13) to unlock position.
WARNING
With quick latch wedges disengaged from crush-all, the crush-all could fall off of the quick
latch. Ensure that personnel are clear of equipment when removing or installing crush-all.
Slowly retract or extend bucket cylinder when removing or installing crush-all. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
26.
Fully extend bucket cylinder (Figure 17, Item 8) until quick latch wedges (Figure 17, Item 9) are fully retracted.
27.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 17, Item 8), arm cylinder (Figure 17, Item 14), and lower boom to position crushall (Figure 17, Item 11) on the ground.
28.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 18, Item 8) and position quick latch (Figure 18, Item10) in vertical position.
0019-13
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019

8
10
11
HYEX03397
Figure 18. Remove Quick Latch.

29.
Remove quick latch (Figure 18, Item 10) from crush-all (Figure 18, Item 11).
30.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 19, Item 7) to latch position.
HYEX03393

31.
Lower arm (Figure 20, Item 35) to ground.
0019-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
0019
3
4
2
4
1
5
3
5
35
HYEX01500
Figure 20.
Open Hydraulic Thumb Circuit.
NOTE
Left side shown.
32.
Open two auxiliary circuit shut off valves (Figure 20, Item 6).
33.
WARNING
NOTE
34.
Retract or extend thumb cylinder (Figure 20, Item 1) to remove pin (Figure 20, Item 3) from thumb lock position
(Figure 20, Item 5).
35.
Install pin (Figure 20, Item 3) in storage position (Figure 20, Item 4).
36.
Install retaining pin (Figure 20, Item 2) on pin (Figure 20, Item 3).
37.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0019-15/16 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE IMPACT BREAKER
INITIAL SETUP:
Screwdriver, Pry Bar, 12 in. (304 mm) Long
Materials/Parts (cont.)
Materials/Parts
Grease, Automotive and Artillery, GAA
Equipment Condition
Machine safely parked and shutdown. (WP 0009)
References
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0018
INSTALLING IMPACT BREAKER

1.
Start the machine. (WP 0007)
2.
3
4
2
6
5
3
HYEX01321
Figure 1.
Close Hydraulic Thumb Circuit.
3.
4.
0020-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
INSTALLING IMPACT BREAKER - Continued
WARNING
NOTE
5.
With the aid of an assistant, extend or retract thumb cylinder (Figure 1, Item 1), as needed, while using prybar
to install pin (Figure 1, Item 3) to thumb lock position (Figure 1, Item 5).
6.
Install retaining clip (Figure 1, Item 2) to pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
NOTE
Left side shown.
7.
Close two auxiliary circuit shutoff valves (Figure 1, Item 6).
8.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 2, Item 7) to UNLATCH position.
HYEX03398

9.
0020-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
HYEX03399
Figure 3.
10.
Raise Boom.
retracted.
9
10
HYEX03400
Figure 4.
11.
Quick Latch Wedges Retracted.
0020-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020

9
8
11
12
HYEX03402
Figure 5.
12.
Install quick latch (Figure 5, Item 11) to impact breaker (Figure 5, Item 12).
WARNING
With quick latch wedges disengaged from impact breaker, the impact breaker could fall off
of the quick latch. Ensure that personnel are clear of equipment when removing or installing
impact breaker. Slowly retract or extend bucket cylinder when removing or installing impact
breaker. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
13.
With the aid of an assistant slowly raise boom (Figure 5, Item 8) to allow for adequate ground clearance of
quick latch (Figure 5, Item 11).
14.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 6, Item 9) until quick latch (Figure 6, Item 11) is resting on impact breaker
(Figure 6, Item 12)
12
11
HYEX03403
Figure 6.
0020-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020

15.
Move quick latch switch (Figure 7, Item 7) to LATCH position.
HYEX03398
Figure 7.
16.
Move Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 8, Item 9) until quick latch wedges (Figure 8, Item 10) are fully engaged to
impact breaker (Figure 8, Item 12).
9
10
12
HYEX03401
Figure 8.
Quick Latch Wedges Engaged.
17.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 8, Item 9) and place impact breaker (Figure 8, Item 12) on ground.
18.
19.
0020-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
HYEX03406
13
Figure 9.
20.
Safety Pin to Lock Position.
17
15
16
14
HYEX01322
Figure 10. Connect Auxiliary Supply Line.

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
0020-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
21
19
18
20
HYEX01323
Figure 11.
26.
27.
28.
29.
END OF TASK
TOOL INSTALLATION
NOTE
Select the proper tool before operation.
Chisel is for most earth moving duties in narrow trenches and layered rock or soil up to
medium hardness.
Moil is for demolition of medium hardness rock or materials except layered rock.
Blunt is for breaking large, medium hardness rocks into smaller pieces.
1.
Press and turn lock bolt (Figure 12, Item 22) to unlocked position with slot (Figure 12, Item 23) pointed to the
tool end of breaker (Figure 12, Item 12).
0020-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
TOOL INSTALLATION - Continued
22
23
24
12
26
25
HYEX01326
Figure 12.
Breaker Tool Lock Bolt.
2.
Push the retaining axle (Figure 12, Item 24) out of the breaker (Figure 12, Item 12) through hole (Figure 12,
Item 25).
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for other retaining axle.
4.
Lubricate bushing (Figure 12, Item 26) with grease.
WARNING
Breaker tools weigh approximately 275 lb (102 kg). Do not attempt to lift or move tools without
the aid of an assistant and suitable lifting device. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
NOTE
Ensure cavity is free of debris and tool is properly lubricated.
5.
With the aid of an assistant and suitable lifting device, slide tool (Figure 13, Item 27) into breaker (Figure 13,
Item 12) with side notches (Figure 13, Item 28) in alignment with axle slots (Figure 13, Item 29).
0020-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
TOOL INSTALLATION - Continued
29
12
27
28
HYEX01327
Figure 13.
6.
Insert Breaker Tool.
Install retaining axle (Figure 14, Item 24) to breaker (Figure 14, Item 12).
12
24
23
22
HYEX01328
Figure 14.
Lock Breaker Tool.
7.
Press and turn lock bolt (Figure 14, Item 22) to locked position with slot (Figure 14, Item 23) pointed to top of
breaker (Figure 14, Item 12).
8.
Repeat Steps (Figure 14, Item 6) and (Figure 14, Item 7) for other retaining axle.
END OF TASK
OPERATING IMPACT BREAKER
1.
2.
Select work mode BREAKER 1 on the monitor. (WP 0018)
CAUTION
Breaker must be lubricated every 2 hours of use and every hour during dusty conditions.
Failure to comply may result in damage to the attachment.
NOTE
Keep tool perpendicular to work surface.
Keep machine close to work area.
Maintain constant, even pressure as tool penetrates work surface.
0020-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
OPERATING IMPACT BREAKER - Continued

Increase down pressure when strokes have a metallic sound.
Decrease down pressure when strokes cause strong vibrations in the machine.
3.
30
31
12
HYEX01520
Figure 15.
Breaker Operation.
4.
Apply boom (Figure 15, Item 8) down pressure to impact breaker (Figure 15, Item 12) on work area.
5.
Press attachment pedal (Figure 15, Item 31) to start impact breaker (Figure 15, Item 12).
6.
Release attachment pedal (Figure 15, Item 31) to stop impact breaker (Figure 15, Item 12) before retracting
from work area.
7.
END OF TASK
TOOL REMOVAL
1.
Raise breaker (Figure 16, Item 12) off ground and extend bucket cylinder (Figure 16, Item 9) until breaker is
horizontal.
9
24
12
23
25
22
HYEX03440
Figure 16.
Tool Removal.
0020-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
TOOL REMOVAL - Continued

2.
Press and turn lock bolt (Figure 16, Item 22) to unlocked position with slot (Figure 16, Item 23) pointed to the
tool end of breaker (Figure 16, Item 12).
3.
Push the retaining axle (Figure 16, Item 24) out of the breaker (Figure 16, Item 12) through hole (Figure 16,
Item 25).
4.
WARNING
Breaker tools weigh approximately 275 lb (102 kg). Do not attempt to lift or move tools without
the aid of an assistant and suitable lifting device. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
5.
With the aid of an assistant and suitable lifting device, slide tool (Figure 17, Item 27) out of breaker (Figure 17,
Item 12).
12
27
HYEX03439
Figure 17.
6.
Remove Breaker Tool.
Install retaining axle (Figure 18, Item 24) to breaker (Figure 18, Item 12).
12
24
23
22
HYEX01328
Figure 18.
7.
Lock Breaker Tool.
Press and turn lock bolt (Figure 18, Item 22) to locked position with slot (Figure 18, Item 23) pointed to top of
breaker (Figure 18 , Item 12).
0020-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
TOOL REMOVAL - Continued

8.
END OF TASK
REMOVING IMPACT BREAKER
1.
Safely park and shut down machine. (WP 0009)
2.
Clean machine quick disconnect (Figure 19, Item 19) and attachment quick disconnect (Figure 19, Item 21)
with rag.
21
19
18
20
HYEX01323
Figure 19. Disconnect Auxiliary Return Line.

3.
4.
19).
5.
6.
7.
Clean machine quick disconnect (Figure 20, Item 15) and attachment quick disconnect (Figure 20, Item 17)
with rag.
17
15
16
14
HYEX01322
Figure 20. Disconnect Auxiliary Supply Line.

8.
9.
15).
0020-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
REMOVING IMPACT BREAKER - Continued

10.
11.
12.
Lift and rotate safety lock pin lever (Figure 21, Item 13) to unlock position.
HYEX03406
13
Figure 21.
Safety Pin to Unlock Position.
13.
14.
HYEX03399
Figure 22.
15.
Raise Boom for Clearance.
0020-13
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
HYEX03398
Figure 23. Move Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position.

16.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 24, Item 9) until quick latch wedges (Figure 24, Item 10) are fully retracted.
9
10
12
HYEX03401
Figure 24.
17.
Quick Latch Wedges Retracted.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 25, Item 9) until tool end of impact breaker (Figure 25, Item 12) is resting on
ground and quick latch (Figure 25, Item 11) is in vertical position.
0020-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020

9
8
11
12
HYEX03402
Figure 25.
Impact Breaker Removal.
18.
Lower boom (Figure 25, Item 8) until impact breaker (Figure 25, Item 12) is resting on ground.
19.
Remove quick latch (Figure 25, Item 11) from impact breaker (Figure 25, Item 12).
20.
HYEX03398
Figure 26.
Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position.
NOTE
Left side shown.
21.
Open two auxiliary circuit shutoff valves (Figure 27, Item 6).
0020-15
TM 5-3805-294-10
0020
3
4
2
6
5
3
HYEX01321
Figure 27. Open Hydraulic Thumb Circuit.

22.
Remove retaining pin (Figure 27, Item 2) from pin (Figure 27, Item 3).
WARNING
NOTE
23.
to remove pin (Figure 27, Item 3) from thumb lock position (Figure 27, Item 5).
24.
25.
Install retaining pin (Figure 27, Item 2) to pin (Figure 27, Item 3).
26.
Safely park and shut down machine. (WP 0009)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0020-16
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE COMPACTOR
INITIAL SETUP:
Screwdriver, Pry Bar, 12 in. (304 mm) Long
References (cont.)
WP 0009
WP 0018
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
References
WP 0007
INSTALLING COMPACTOR
1.
WARNING
2.
0021-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
INSTALLING COMPACTOR - Continued
3
4
2
6
5
3
HYEX03411
Figure 1. Close Hydraulic Thumb Circuit.

3.
4.
WARNING
NOTE
5.
to install pin (Figure 1, Item 3) to thumb lock position (Figure 1, Item 5).
6.
Install retaining clip (Figure 1, Item 2) on pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
NOTE
Left side shown.
7.
Close two auxiliary circuit shut off valves (Figure 1, Item 6).
8.
0021-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
HYEX03412
Figure 2.
9.
Move Quick Latch Switch.
HYEX03413
Figure 3.
10.
Raise Boom.
retracted.
0021-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021

9
10
HYEX03414
Figure 4. Quick Latch Wedges Retracted.

11.
9
11
12
HYEX03415
Figure 5.
12.
Install quick latch (Figure 5, Item 11) to compactor (Figure 5, Item 12).
13.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 6, Item 9) until quick latch (Figure 6, Item 11) is resting on compactor (Figure
6, Item 12).
0021-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021

9
11
12
HYEX03416
Figure 6.
14.
Position Quick Latch.
HYEX03412
Figure 7. Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position.
WARNING
With quick latch wedges disengaged from compactor, the compactor could fall off of the quick
latch. Ensure that personnel are clear of equipment when removing or installing compactor.
Slowly retract or extend bucket cylinder when removing or installing compactor. Failure to
15.
0021-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
HYEX03413
Figure 8. Raise Boom for Clearance.

16.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 9, Item 9) until quick latch wedges (Figure 9, Item 10) are fully engaged to
compactor (Figure 9, Item 12).
12
10
HYEX03417
Figure 9. Engage Quick Latch Wedges.

17.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 9, Item 9) and position compactor (Figure 9, Item 12) on ground.
18.
19.
0021-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021

13
HYEX03418
Figure 10.
20.
Lock Safety Lock.
17
15
16
14
HYEX03419
Figure 11.
Connect Auxiliary Supply Line.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
0021-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
21
19
18
20
HYEX03420
Figure 12.
26.
27.
28.
29.
END OF TASK
OPERATING THE COMPACTOR
1.
2.
Select Breaker 2 on the monitor. (WP 0018)
3.

22
23
12
24
HYEX01325
Figure 13. Attachment Pedal Lock Release.

4.
Press attachment pedal (Figure 13, Item 23) to turn on compactor (Figure 13, Item 12).
5.
Position compactor (Figure 13, Item 12) on work surface.
6.
Apply boom down pressure to deflect rubber isolators (Figure 13, Item 24) approximately half way.
0021-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
OPERATING THE COMPACTOR - Continued

7.
Move compactor (Figure 13, Item 12) over work surface while continuing to apply down pressure.
8.
Release attachment pedal (Figure 13, Item 23) to stop compactor (Figure 13, Item 12).
9.
10.
END OF TASK
REMOVING THE COMPACTOR
1.
with rag.
21
19
18
20
HYEX03420
Figure 14.
Disconnect Auxiliary Return Line.
2.
Clean cap (Figure 14, Item 20) with rag.
3.
Clean plug (Figure 14, Item 18) with rag.
4.
19).
5.
6.
7.
with rag.
0021-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
REMOVING THE COMPACTOR - Continued
17
15
16
14
HYEX03419
Figure 15. Connect Auxiliary Supply Line.

8.
Clean plug (Figure 15, Item 16) with rag.
9.
Clean cap (Figure 15, Item 14) with rag.
10.
15).
11.
12.
13.
Rotate safety lock pin lever (Figure 16, Item 13) to unlock position.
13
HYEX03421
Figure 16.
Unlock Safety Lock.
14.
15.
0021-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
HYEX03412
Figure 17. Quick Latch Switch to Unlatch Position.

16.
HYEX03413
Figure 18.
Raise Boom.
WARNING
With quick latch wedges disengaged from compactor, the compactor could fall off of the quick
latch. Ensure that personnel are clear of equipment when removing or installing compactor.
Slowly retract or extend bucket cylinder when removing or installing compactor. Failure to
17.
Extend bucket cylinder (Figure 19, Item 9) until quick latch wedges (Figure 19, Item 10) are disengaged from
compactor (Figure 19, Item 12).
0021-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021
12
10
HYEX03417
Figure 19. Disengage Quick Latch Wedges.

18.
Retract bucket cylinder (Figure 20, Item 9) until quick latch (Figure 20, Item 11) is in vertical position.
9
11
HYEX03422
Figure 20.
Retract Bucket Cylinder.
NOTE
Removal of the arm/quick latch from the compactor is seldom done the same way twice. A
combination of slow and smooth boom down and arm in movements is required.
19.
Fully retract arm cylinder (Figure 21, Item 24).
0021-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021

24
8
9
11
12
25
Figure 21.
20.
HYEX03424
Remove Quick Latch.
Lower boom (Figure 21, Item 8) until compactor plate (Figure 21, Item 25) is just touching the ground.
NOTE
The compactor will likely become wedged between the ground the quick latch/arm until it
"pops" out of the hooks. When this wedged situation occurs, ensure that the tracks do not
begin to raise. If tracks begin to raise: stop movements, raise boom, and try again.
21.
Start with arm in movement until a small amount of pressure is placed on the ground with the compactor (Figure
21, Item 12), then begin to boom down while continuing to arm in until quick latch (Figure 21, Item 11) is
removed from compactor.
22.
HYEX03412
Figure 22.
Quick Latch Switch to Latch Position.
NOTE
Left side shown.
0021-13
TM 5-3805-294-10
0021

23.
Open two auxiliary circuit shutoff valves (Figure 23, Item 6).
3
4
2
6
5
3
HYEX03411
Figure 23. Close Hydraulic Thumb Circuit.

24.
Remove retaining pin (Figure 23, Item 2) from pin (Figure 23, Item 3).
WARNING
NOTE
25.
to remove pin (Figure 23, Item 3) from thumb lock position (Figure 23, Item 5).
26.
27.
Install retaining pin (Figure 23, Item 2) to pin (Figure 23, Item 3).
28.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0021-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
0022
OPERATING THE BARRIER GRAPPLE
INITIAL SETUP:
Lifting Device, Minimum Capacity 16,000 lbs
(72574.8 kg)
Equipment Condition
BARRIER GRAPPLE OPERATION
WARNING
LIFTING GUIDELINES:
Do not use machine to lift personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Do not hook lifting device to bucket teeth. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
Ensure load does not exceed the capacity of machine or lifting device. Failure to comply
Lift load only as high as necessary. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Move load slowly. Do not allow lifted items to strike obstacles. Failure to comply may
Personnel must remain clear of lifted items. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
NOTE
Barrier grapple weighs 870 lb (395 kg) with a lift capacity of 16,000 lb (7257.48 kg).
1.
Attach barrier grapple (Figure 1, Item 1) to quick latch loop (Figure 1, Item 2) with suitable lifting device (Figure
1, Item 3).
0022-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0022
BARRIER GRAPPLE OPERATION - Continued
HYEX02585
Figure 1. Lifting Barrier Grapple.

2.
Position barrier grapple (Figure 1, Item 1) near center of barrier (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Slowly lower barrier grapple (Figure 1, Item 1) on to barrier (Figure 1, Item 4) until tension is released from
lifting device (Figure 1, Item 3). The barrier grapple will automatically close on the barrier.
CAUTION
Avoid jerky lifting, striking, and poor alignment with barriers. Failure to comply may result in
4.
Slowly raise barrier grapple (Figure 1, Item 1) and barrier (Figure 1, Item 4).
5.
Position barrier (Figure 1, Item 4) in desired location.
6.
Slowly lower barrier grapple (Figure 1, Item 1) on to barrier (Figure 1, Item 4) until tension is released from
lifting device (Figure 1, Item 3). The barrier grapple will automatically latch open and release the barrier.
0022-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
BARRIER GRAPPLE OPERATION - Continued
7.
Raise barrier grapple (Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0022-3/4 blank
0022
TM 5-3805-294-10
0023
OPERATING THE DEEP DIG ARM
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0010
WP 0077
Equipment Condition
Engine running. WP 0007
DEEP DIG ARM OPERATION
CAUTION
Do not attempt to extend the arm cylinder with the deep dig arm attached. The deep dig arm
can strike the machine. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
After the Deep Dig Attachment has been installed on the machine, the following steps must
be performed to enable Deep Dig Arm Operation.
1.
Remove clip (Figure 1, Item 1) from switch bracket (Figure 1, Item 2).
HYEX01519
Figure 1.
Deep Dig Control Pattern Switch.
2.
Move switch (Figure 1, Item 3) to ON position and install pin (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Switch A/I (Figure 2, Item 4) to on position
0023-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0023
DEEP DIG ARM OPERATION - Continued
HYEX03404
Figure 2. Turn Auto Idle Switch On.

4.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 3, Item 5) to unlocked position (down).
0023-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0023
5
HYEX01518
Figure 3.
5.
Turn RPM dial (Figure 4, Item 6) to max RPM setting.
0023-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0023
HYEX03405
Figure 4.
Turn RPM Dial.
NOTE
When the deep dig control pattern switch is in the ON position, the arm cylinder is
controlled by the attachment pedal and can only be retracted.
The arm cylinder can only be retracted. It is necessary to occasionally retract the arm
cylinder due to the weight of the deep dig arm.
With the deep dig control pattern switch in the ON position, the pilot control levers operate
in the same way.
6.
Slowly cycle bucket cylinder (Figure 5, Item 5) and deep dig bucket cylinder (Figure 5, Item 6) until full smooth
movement of each cylinder is obtained.
0023-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0023
HYEX01636
Figure 5.
Cycle Deep Dig Arm Cylinders.
7.
Park and shut down machine. (WP 0010)
8.
Check hydraulic oil level. (WP 0077)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0023-5/6 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0024
MOVING MACHINE ON/OFF AN EMBANKMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
MOVING MACHINE ON AN EMBANKMENT
CAUTION
Do not allow machine to impact the ground with the bucket absorbing the force. Failure to
1.
Position flat surface of bucket (Figure 1, Item 1) on upper level of embankment with arm (Figure 1, Item 2) to
boom (Figure 1, Item 3) angle at 90 degrees.
3
5
2
4
HYEX01102
Figure 1.
Position Bucket.
2.
Lower boom (Figure 1, Item 3) to raise undercarriage until front of tracks (Figure 1, Item 4) clear edge of
embankment.
3.
Drive machine (Figure 1, Item 5) towards upper level as arm (Figure 1, Item 2) is retracted.
4.
Slowly raise boom (Figure 1, Item 3) until tracks (Figure 1, Item 4) are resting on upper level of embankment.
5.
Rotate upper structure (Figure 2, Item 6) 180 degrees towards lower level of embankment.
0024-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0024
MOVING MACHINE ON AN EMBANKMENT - Continued
6
5
3
2
4
1
HYEX01104
Figure 2.
Upperstructure Rotated.
6.
Position flat surface of bucket (Figure 2, Item 1) on lower level of embankment with arm (Figure 2, Item 2) to
7.
Drive machine (Figure 2, Item 5) towards upper level while extending arm (Figure 2, Item 2) until machine is
completely on upper level of embankment.
END OF TASK
MOVING MACHINE OFF AN EMBANKMENT
CAUTION
Do not allow machine to impact the ground with the bucket absorbing the force. Failure to
1.
Position flat surface of bucket (Figure 3, Item 1) on lower level of embankment with arm (Figure 3, Item 2) to
0024-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0024
MOVING MACHINE OFF AN EMBANKMENT - Continued
5
3
2
4
1
HYEX00689
Figure 3.
Position Bucket on Lower Level.
2.
Drive machine (Figure 3, Item 5) towards lower level while raising boom (Figure 3, Item 3) and retracting arm
(Figure 3, Item 2) until front of tracks (Figure 3, Item 4) reach lower level of embankment.
3.
Raise bucket (Figure 4, Item 1) off of the ground and rotate upper structure (Figure 4, Item 6) 180 degrees
towards upper level of embankment.
3
2
5
1
4
HYEX01103
Figure 4.
4.
Rotate Upperstructure to Upper Level.
Position flat surface of bucket (Figure 4, Item 1) on upper level of embankment with arm (Figure 4, Item 2) to
0024-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0024
MOVING MACHINE OFF AN EMBANKMENT - Continued

5.
Lower boom (Figure 4, Item 3) slightly and drive machine (Figure 4, Item 5) towards lower level as the arm
(Figure 4, Item 2) is extended.
6.
When tracks (Figure 4, Item 4) clear upper level of embankment, slowly raise boom (Figure 4, Item 3) until
machine (Figure 4, Item 5) is on lower level.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0024-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
USING THE VANDAL PROTECTION KIT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
RIGHT SIDE CAB INSTALLATION

1.
Position cover (Figure 1, Item 1) on cab hook (Figure 1, Item 2) and behind brackets (Figure 1, Item 3).
2
HYEX01548
Figure 1.
2.
Right Side Rear Cover Installation.
HYEX01549
Figure 2.
Right Side Center Cover Installation.
0025-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
RIGHT SIDE CAB INSTALLATION - Continued

3.
8
HYEX01550
Figure 3.
4.
Right Side Front Cover Installation.
Position plate (Figure 4, Item 10) over tabs (Figure 4, Item 11) and turn lock (Figure 4, Item 12) to lock in place.
11
10
11
12
HYEX01551
Figure 4. Lock Bar Installation.

END OF TASK
LEFT SIDE CAB INSTALLATION
1.
Position cover (Figure 5, Item 13) over door hook (Figure 5, Item 14) and behind brackets (Figure 5, Item 15).
0025-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
LEFT SIDE CAB INSTALLATION - Continued
14
13
15
HYEX01552
Figure 5.
2.
Front Door Cover Installation.
Position cover (Figure 6, Item 16) over cab hook (Figure 6, Item 17) and behind brackets (Figure 6, Item 18).
17
16
18
HYEX01553
Figure 6.
3.
Center Door Cover Installation.
Position cover (Figure 7, Item 19) over hooks (Figure 7, Item 20) and behind brackets (Figure 7, Item 21).
0025-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
20
20
21
24
23
22
Figure 7.
19
HYEX01554
Lower Door Cover Installation.
4.
Position hinge (Figure 7, Item 22) over tab (Figure 7, Item 23) and turn lock (Figure 7, Item 24) to lock in place.
5.
Position cover (Figure 8, Item 25) over cab hooks (Figure 8, Item 26) and behind bracket (Figure 8, Item 27).
26
26
25
27
HYEX01555
Figure 8. Side Upper Glass Cover Installation.

6.
Position cover (Figure 9, Item 28) over hooks (Figure 9, Item 29) and behind brackets (Figure 9, Item 30).
0025-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025

29
30
28
33
32
31
HYEX01556
Figure 9.
7.
Side Lower Glass Cover Installation.
Place hinge (Figure 9, Item 31) over tab (Figure 9, Item 32) and turn lock (Figure 9, Item 33) to lock in place.
END OF TASK
REAR CAB INSTALLATION
1.
Position cover (Figure 10, Item 34) over cab hook (Figure 10, Item 35) and behind brackets (Figure 10, Item
36).
34 35
36
Figure 10.
2.
HYEX01557
Right Rear Cab Cover Installation.
Position cover (Figure 11, Item 37) over tab (Figure 11, Item 38) and behind brackets (Figure 11, Item 39).
0025-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
REAR CAB INSTALLATION - Continued
38
40
39
37
Figure 11.
3.
HYEX01558
Left Rear Cab Cover Installation.
Turn lock (Figure 11, Item 40) to lock in place.
END OF TASK
REAR CAB REMOVAL
1.
Turn lock (Figure 12, Item 40) to unlock.
38
40
39
37
HYEX01558
Figure 12. Left Rear Cab Cover Removal.

2.
Remove cover (Figure 12, Item 37) from behind brackets (Figure 12, Item 39) and from tab (Figure 12, Item
38).
0025-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
REAR CAB REMOVAL - Continued

3.
Remove cover (Figure 13, Item 34) from behind brackets (Figure 13, Item 36) and cab hook (Figure 13, Item
35).
34 35
36
Figure 13.
HYEX01557
Right Rear Cab Cover Removal.
END OF TASK
LEFT SIDE CAB REMOVAL
1.
Turn lock (Figure 14, Item 33) to unlock and remove hinge (Figure 14, Item 31) from tab (Figure 14, Item 32).
29
30
28
33
32
31
HYEX01556
Figure 14.
Side Lower Glass Cover Removal.
2.
Remove cover (Figure 14, Item 28) from behind brackets (Figure 14, Item 30) and hooks (Figure 14, Item 29).
3.
Remove cover (Figure 15, Item 25) from behind bracket (Figure 15, Item 27) and cab hooks (Figure 15, Item
26).
0025-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
LEFT SIDE CAB REMOVAL - Continued
26
26
25
27
HYEX01555
Figure 15. Side Upper Glass Cover Removal.

4.
Turn lock (Figure 16, Item 24) to unlock and remove hinge (Figure 16, Item 22) from tab (Figure 16, Item 23).
20
20
21
24
23
22
19
HYEX01554
Figure 16. Lower Door Cover Removal.

5.
Remove cover (Figure 16, Item 19) from behind brackets (Figure 16, Item 21) and hooks (Figure 16, Item 20).
6.
Remove cover (Figure 17, Item 16) from behind brackets (Figure 17, Item 18) and cab hooks (Figure 17, Item
17).
0025-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
LEFT SIDE CAB REMOVAL - Continued

17
16
18
HYEX01553
Figure 17.
7.
Center Door Cover Removal.
Remove cover (Figure 18, Item 13) from behind brackets (Figure 18, Item 15) and door hooks (Figure 18, Item
14).
14
13
15
HYEX01552
Figure 18.
Front Door Cover Removal.
END OF TASK
RIGHT SIDE CAB REMOVAL
1.
Turn lock (Figure 19, Item 12) to unlock and remove plate (Figure 19, Item 10) from tabs (Figure 19, Item 11).
0025-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
RIGHT SIDE CAB REMOVAL - Continued
11
10
11
12
HYEX01551
Figure 19.
2.
Lock Bar Removal.
Remove cover (Figure 20, Item 7) from behind brackets (Figure 20, Item 9) and cab hook (Figure 20, Item 8).
8
HYEX01550
Figure 20. Right Side Front Cover Removal.

3.
HYEX01549
Figure 21. Right Side Center Cover Removal.
0025-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0025
RIGHT SIDE CAB REMOVAL - Continued

4.
2
HYEX01548
Figure 22.
Right Side Rear Cover Removal.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0025-11/12 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0026
OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
References
WP 0007
WP 0009
CONNECTING HYDRAULIC TOOL

1.
Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from quick coupler (Figure 1, Item 2).
5
6
2
4
1
3
HYEX01097
Figure 1.
Hydraulic Tool Attachment.
2.
Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from quick coupler (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Using a clean rag, wipe quick coupler (Figure 1, Item 2) and (Figure 1, Item 4) and couplers on tool to be
connected.
4.
Connect quick coupler (Figure 1, Item 2) on return hose (Figure 1, Item 5) to hydraulic tool.
5.
Connect quick coupler (Figure 1, Item 4) on supply hose (Figure 1, Item 6) to hydraulic tool.
6.
0026-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0026
CONNECTING HYDRAULIC TOOL - Continued

7.
Move hand held hydraulic tool circuit switch (Figure 2, Item 7) to ON position.
8
7
HYEX01096
Figure 2.
8.
Turn On Hydraulic Tool.
Adjust flow regulator (Figure 2, Item 8) to tool specification.
END OF TASK
DISCONNECTING HYDRAULIC TOOL
1.
Move flow regulator (Figure 3, Item 8) to lowest setting.
8
7
HYEX01096
Figure 3.
Turn Off Hydraulic Tool.
2.
Move hand held hydraulic tool circuit switch (Figure 3, Item 7) to OFF position.
3.
Shut engine off. (WP 0009)
0026-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0026
DISCONNECTING HYDRAULIC TOOL - Continued

4.
Operate hydraulic tool to relieve pressure from hoses.
5.
Disconnect quick coupler (Figure 4, Item 4) on supply hose (Figure 4, Item 6) from hydraulic tool.
5
6
2
4
1
3
HYEX01097
Figure 4.
Hydraulic Tool Removal.
6.
Disconnect quick coupler (Figure 4, Item 2) on return hose (Figure 4, Item 5) from hydraulic tool.
7.
Install cover (Figure 4, Item 3) to quick coupler (Figure 4, Item 4).
8.
Install cover (Figure 4, Item 1) to quick coupler (Figure 4, Item 2).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0026-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECAL LOCATION GUIDE
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
DECALS
This work package shows the typical location of all decals on the machine and attachments. Some are located inside
access panels or under the engine cover.
240D
24 VOLTS
DC SLAVE
RECEPTACLE
LCR
DIESEL
ONLY
HYEX01457
Figure 1. Left Side, Rear Cab Window, and Top Decals.
0027-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
DRY AIR CLEANER

1. If equipped with automatic dust unloader vale, periodically clear valve
by squeezing or if equipped with dust cup, service daily.
2. If tractor is equipped with an air cleaner restriction indicator, clear the
primary element at the next refueling or daily service period if:
a. Indicator light on the instrument panel glows with the engine
running, or
b.Manual indicator on the outlet of the air cleaner shows red.
3. If tractor is not equipped with restriction indicator, service the filter
element every 250 hours or whem engine loses power or smokes
excessively.
4. Stop engine before removing filter element.
5. Service according to instructions on primary element.
6. Replace primary element yearly or if damaged or when if no longer
responds to cleaning, whichever occurs first.
7. If equipped with safety air cleaner or safety element, replace yearly or
ans required. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CLEAN SAFETY CLEANER
OR ELEMENT.
DO NOT USE OIL

HYEX01449
Figure 2.
Left Inside Door.
HYEX01448
Figure 3. Top Under Engine Cover
0027-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
IMPORTANT
OIL
LEVEL
Fully
Retracted
Fully
Retracted
3 Without Bucket
Check oil level cold with

excavator in position
shown above.
HYEX01447
Figure 4.
Right Side on Hydraulic Reservoir.
FUEL TANK SUMP

WATER DRAIN
TRANSPORTATION DATA
Drain water and sediment from fuel

tank every 50 hours or weekly.
Allow water to settle to tank bottom
before draining.
It may be possible when valve is
opened that fuel may drain out at
first. Wait several seconds to allow
enough time for water to drain
through hose.
Drain water and sediment into
container and dispose of properly.
GROSS WEIGHT
EQUIPMENT TIEDOWN DESIGN LIMIT LOAD LIFTING DESIGN LIMIT LOAD
-
60,000 LB.
NO. OF SLINGS REQUIRED

LENGTH OF SLINGS
4
12 FT.
EQUIPMENT TIEDOW PROVISIONS

LIFTING PROVISIONS
SWING CENTERLINE
T247868
CENTER OF
GRAVITY
44 MM [1.7 IN.]
1212 MM [47.5 IN.]
HYEX01445
Figure 5.
Right Side.
0027-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
LIFT
ENGINE OIL
SAMPLE VALVE
HYD
OIL
SAMPLE
VALVE
HYEX01444
Figure 6.
Boom, Right Side, and Rear Cab Window.
HYEX01446
Figure 7.
Counterweight.
0027-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
TIEDOWN
HYEX01442
Figure 8.
Front and Rear Frame.
LOCK
HYEX01450
Figure 9.
O FF
Cab on Seat.
AC
C
ON
S TA
RT
HYEX01530
Figure 10.
Key Switch.
0027-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
CAUTION
FRONT WINDOW
HANDLE
Avoid injury from slip or fall. DO NOT use as a handhold.

T223082
Window handle will move with the front window.
HYEX01531
Figure 11.
Windshield.
240DLC LIFT IN 1000 LBS.

WITH 1920 LB. BUCKET, 11 FT. 10 IN. ARM AND 32 INCH SHOES
10'
15'
20'
25'
IMPORTANT
30'
7.55*
7.55*
8.52*
8.52*
8.61*
8.61*
6.26*
6.26*
14.69* 11.56* 10.05*

14.69* 11.56* 8.88
8.09*
6.29
20.76* 14.49* 11.62*

18.90 12.10
8.39
9.68
6.04
24.56* 16.88* 12.79

17.62 11.35
7.96
9.46
5.81
13.06* 25.71* 17.90

13.06* 17.16 10.92
12.48
7.68
15.60* 22.51* 25.00* 17.77

15.60* 22.51* 17.15 10.80
12.39
7.59
SECONDARY EXIT
Use tool to break window.
9.31
5.67
Always keep tool in machine.

T190393
29.63* 22.54* 16.71* 12.31

29.63* 17.46 10.96
7.77
17.28* 12.10*
17.28* 11.53
RED - OVER THE FRONT
BLACK - OVER THE SIDE
*HYDRAULICALLY LIMITED
NOTE: SEE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE
ACCURATE INFORMATION
HYEX01532
T218383
Figure 12.
Side Window.
0027-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
CAUTION
ATTACHMENT MODE SELECTION PROCEDURE

1. Press Key F1 to display the work
mode screen.
2. While referring to the table below,
press the key corresponding to the
attachment mode you are going to use.
Attachment
to be used
Bucket or
Thumb
Attachment mode
Key No.
to be selected
1
Excavation
Hammer/
Breaker
Alternative
Hammer/Breaker
Breaker 1
Breaker 2
Pulverizer
Pulverizer 1
Crusher
Crusher 1
Work Mode
Breaker 2
Dig
Breaker 1
Pulverizer 1
To prevent injury from the

front window falling, lock
window in place with the
lock pin.
T187353
Crusher 1
F1
F2
F3
F4
DANGER
2
F1
Serious injury or death

can result from contact
with electric lines.
Never move any part of
unit or load closer to
electric line than 3 M
[10 FT.] plus twice the
line insulator length.
WORK MODE SCREEN
3. The specifications of the selected

attachment mode are displayed on the
screen and the attachment hydraulic
circuit is shifted to match operation of
the selected attachment.
4. Press the CONFIRM. The screen is
returned to the STANDARD screen and
the attachment becomes operable.
Crusher 1
Maximum Pump Flow Rate
420 L/min
Maximum Engine Speed
1900 min-1
Valve Selector C/V
Accumulator
2-Speed Selector ON
2ndary Hydraulic Relief Selector OFF
OFF
T146667
F1
F2
F3
F4
CONFIRM
ATTACHMENT SPECIFICATION SCREEN
Affix this label to interior glass of operator's cab
T223619
CAUTION
Alternate control
patterns are
available for this
machine. Always
verify control
response before
operating.
T201519
HYEX01533
Figure 13.
Upper and Lower Right Side Window.
0027-7
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
ENGINE OPERATION
STARTING - Set RPM's (dial or throttle position) at low idle, turn key on and wait
until glow plug warm-up indicator turns off; turn key to start and crank for 20
seconds maximum or less if required. Allow 2 minutes between cranking
attempts. DO NOT USE ETHER AS A STARTING AID.
STOPPING - Reduce RPM's to low idle for 2 minutes with no load. Stop engine.
ENGINE STALL - Remove load, restart immediately. Run 30 seconds at half
speed before adding load.
H
min1
ENGINE RPM CONTROL

Turn CW to increase
Turn CCW to decrease
A/I
H/P
P
E
AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY - READ AND UNDERSTAND THE

OPERATOR'S MANUAL AND SAFETY MANUAL PRIOR TO OPERATING
THIS MACHINE.
Controls may be changed for attachment or operator preference. Try
control pattern before operating.
Always lower working tools to the ground and engage hydraulic control
lockout lever before leaving operator's seat.
Keep riders off machine.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CHANGE

OFF
CAUTION
Avoid contact between boom/attachments and overhead obstacles

whenever operating, traveling or transporting machine.
A/I - Auto Idle

Engine speed is temporarily reduced, if
control levers are in Neutral for 4 seconds.
Keep bystanders clear of machine; especially before moving boom,

swinging upperstructure or traveling.
POWER MODE
H/P - Select for heavy digging, maximum productivity.
Upperstructure position affects travel direction. Try pedals or levers to

determine travel direction before moving machine.
P - Select for standard digging

E - Select for light digging, maximum fuel economy.
Avoid tipping - Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.
T219580
Avoid parking machine on an incline.
T159887
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS CRUSHING INJURY FROM BOOM
NEVER place any part of body beyond window bars or frame. It could be crushed by the boom if boom
control lever is accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
DO NOT remove window bars. If window is missing or broken, replace immediately.
D3067125 S
HYEX01536
Figure 14. Lower Right Side Window.
0027-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
1.
2.
3.
COVERS ARE SHOWN BELOW TO AID IN

DETERMINING LOCATION ON CAB.
START THE COVER INSTALLATION AT THE REAR OF
THE CAB.
CONTINUE INSTALLATION IN THE ORDER SHOWN
BELOW.
(RIGHT SIDE, FRONT, LEFT SIDE)
LOCK COVERS AFTER INSTALLATION.
2
1
1
2
CAB, REAR
CAB, RIGHT SIDE
CAB, FRONT
CAB, LEFT SIDE

T218467
HYEX01538
Figure 15.
Vandal Protection Kit.
0027-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
240DLCR PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
T260750
REFER TO OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION

INTERVAL
HOURS
ITEM
NO.
AS
REQUIRED
4
23
24
26
FUEL TANK INLET SCREEN

WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID
AIR CLEANER
TRACK SAG
1
1
1
2
REMOVE AND CLEAN (A)

ADD AS REQUIRED
CHECK - CLEAN DUST VALVE AND/OR ELEMENT (A)
CHECK - ADJUST (A)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL LEVEL
16
20
ENGINE OIL LEVEL

ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
1
1
CHECK WITH EXTENDED BUCKET CYLINDER,

RETRACTED ARM CYLINDER AND BUCKET ON GROUND (A)
CHECK (A)
COOLANT LEVEL TO BE ABOVE "MIN COLD" MARK WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
5
12
FUEL TANK SUMP

WATER SEPARATOR
1
1
DRAIN WATER AND SEDIMENT (A)

DRAIN WATER
29
WORKING TOOL PIVOTS
GREASE - UNTIL IT ESCAPES AT JOINTS - FOR BREAK-IN, GREASE EVERY 4 HOURS

FOR FIRST 20 HOURS, EVERY 10 HOURS DURING FIRST 30-100 HOURS. GREASE
DAILY WHEN WORKING IN WATER
3
6
10
12
14
16
19
20
21
22
24
SWING GEARBOX OIL LEVEL

HYDRAULIC TANK SUMP
ENGINE OIL FILTER
DOSER ELEMENT
PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX
ENGINE OIL
A/C BELT
RADIATOR COOLANT LEVEL
BATTERY WATER LEVEL
TRAVEL GEARBOX OIL LEVEL
AIR CLEANER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
CHECK DIPSTICK
DRAIN WATER SEDIMENT (A)
REPLACE (A) (C)
REPLACE (A)
CHECK DIPSTICK
DRAIN AND REFILL
CHECK AND ADJUST
CHECK - LEVEL IN BOTTLE BETWEEN "MAX COLD" AND "MIN COLD" MARKS (A)
CHECK - TO BOTTOM OF FILLER NECK - CLEAN AND TIGHTEN TERMINALS
CHECK - REMOVE PLUG
CLEAN ELEMENT
FRONT END PIN JOINTS
16
2
10
12
13
16
18
25
27
28
SWING BEARING GEAR

ENGINE OIL FILTER
WATER SEPARATOR FILTER
FUEL FILTER
ENGINE OIL
AIR INTAKE HOSES
FRESH AIR FILTER
CAB RECIRCULATING AIR FILTER
SWING BEARING
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
GREASE - UNTIL IT ESCAPES AT JOINTS - FOR BREAK-IN, GREASE EVERY 4 HOURS FOR
FIRST 20 HOURS, EVERY 10 HOURS DURING FIRST 30-100 HOURS AND AT 250 HOURS.
GREASE DAILY WHEN WORKING IN WATER
GREASE - ADD 1 LB. [0.5 Kg] (A) (D)
REPLACE (A) (C)
REPLACE (A)
REPLACE - 500 HOURS OR AS REQUIRED (A)
DRAIN AND REFILL (B) (C)
CHECK FOR CRACKS AND LOOSE CONNECTIONS (A)
CLEAN ELEMENT; CHANGE EVERY 6 CLEANINGS
CLEAN ELEMENT; CHANGE EVERY 6 CLEANINGS
GREASE - 8 SHOTS EACH - EVERY 45 FOR ONE REVOLUTION (A)
3
9
11
14
15
19
24
SWING GEAR BOX OIL

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER
PILOT CONTROL OIL FILTER
PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX
ENGINE CRANKCASE VENT TUBE
SERPENTINE BELT
AIR CLEANER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DRAIN AND REFILL (A)

REPLACE (A)
REPLACE (A)
DRAIN AND REFILL
REMOVE AND CLEAN (A)
INSPECT AND REPLACE AS NECESSARY
REPLACE ELEMENTS AND DUST VALVE
MPL-SEE LUBRICANTS
JD FILTER
JD FILTER
EO-SEE LUBRICANTS
8
17
20
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL

ENGINE VALVE LASH
RADIATOR
1
1
1
HYDO-SEE LUBRICANTS
22
TRAVEL GEARBOX OIL
DRAIN AND REFILL EVERY 2000 HOURS. CLEAN SUCTION SCREEN (A)
REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL
DRAIN, FLUSH AND REFILL WITH PROPER COOLANT. FILL RADIATOR, FILL BOTTLE
TO ABOVE "MIN COLD" MARK WHEN ENGINE IS COLD (A)
DRAIN AND REFILL EACH (A)
10
OR
DAILY
50
OR WEEKLY
MAINTENANCE
POINTS
ITEM
100
250
500
1000
2000
DESCRIPTION
APPROVED MATERIAL
MPGM-SEE LUBRICANTS
HYDO-SEE LUBRICANTS
EO-SEE LUBRICANTS
PROPER COOLANT (A)
MPGM-SEE LUBRICANTS
JD FILTER
JD ELEMENT
EO-SEE LUBRICANTS
EO-SEE LUBRICANTS
PROPER COOLANT (A)
DISTILLED WATER
MPL-SEE LUBRICANTS
MPGM-SEE LUBRICANTS
JD FILTER
JD FILTER
JD FILTER
EO-SEE LUBRICANTS
JD FILTER
JD FILTER
MPGM-SEE LUBRICANTS
JD FILTER AND VALVE
PROPER COOLANT (A)

MPL-SEE LUBRICANTS
HYEX01534
Figure 16. Upper Section Periodic Maintenance.
0027-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
(A) SEE OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

(B) FOR BREAK IN OR REBUILD, SEE OPERATOR'S MANUAL.
(C) USE OF JP8 JET FUEL OR DIESEL FUEL WITH SULFUR CONTENT GREATER THAN
2000 PPM [0.20%] WILL REDUCE THE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER CHANGE
INTERVAL TO 250 HOURS WITH PREMIUM OILS.
(D) DRAIN WATER FROM GREASE SUMP WHEN IN WATER ABOVE
TRACK.
DRAIN AND REFILL CAPACITIES

ITEM
U.S. MEASURE
FUEL TANK
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE CRANKCASE
(INCLUDING FILTER)
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SWING BEARING GEAR
SWING GEAR REDUCTION
TRAVEL GEARBOX (EACH)
PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX
132 GAL
31.6 QT
26 QT
(6.5 GAL)
39 GAL
63.4 GAL
22 LB
7.5 QT
6.5 QT
1.2 QT
METRIC
500 L
29.9 L
24.6 L
147.6 L
240 L
10 Kg
7L
6.2 L
1.1 L
10 11 12 13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
29
28
27 26
25 24 23 22
21
LUBRICANTS
AIR TEMPERATURE RANGE DURING FILL PERIOD
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS
- 40
- 22
-4
14
32
50
68
86
104
122
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10
10
20
30
40
50
[EO] ENGINE OIL
SAE 15W40
USE JOHN DEERE PLUS 50

ENGINE OILS MEETING: MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS MIL-PRF-2104
VISCOSITY GRADE SAE 15W40 IS PREFERRED
(1) - MAY USE MIL-PRF-46167 ARCTIC OIL
BUT DRAIN INTERVAL IS REDUCED TO ONE-HALF OF NORMAL
SAE 10W30
SAE 5W30
SAE 0W40
SAE 30
(1) ARCTIC OIL
[HYDO] HYDRAULIC OIL
SAE 10W30
2000 HOUR CHANGE INTERVAL

FACTORY FILLED WITH JD PLUS 50 10W30
MEETING MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS MIL-PRF-2104
MEETING MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS ARTIC MIL-PRF-46167
MEETING MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS BIOBASED MIL-PRF-32073
SAE 5W30
SAE 15W40
MIL-46167
MIL-32073-GR1
MIL-32073-GR5
SAE 90: 85W140
[MPL] MULTIPURPOSE LUBRICANT

USE
SAE 80W90
JOHN DEERE API GL-5 GEAR OIL
SAE 75W
OILS MEETING API GL-5 OR MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS

MIL-L-2105B OR MIL-L-2105C
ARCTIC OIL
[MPGM] MULTIPURPOSE GREASE WITH MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE

NLGI NO. 2
J.D. HIGH TEMP/EP
USE JOHN DEERE MOLY HIGH-TEMPERATURE EXTREME

PRESSURE (EP) GREASE
SAE MULTIPURPOSE EP GREASE CONTAINING 3 TO 5%
MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE
NLGI NO. 0 OR 1
ARCTIC GREASE
HYEX01535
Figure 17.
Lower Section Periodic Maintenance.

0027-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
WARNING
TOP OF WEDGE MUST BE
ENGAGED TO THIS AREA
BEFORE OPERATING
ATTACHMENT.
HYEX01441
Figure 18. Ditch Cleaning Bucket.
WARNING
TOP OF WEDGE MUST BE
ENGAGED TO THIS AREA
BEFORE OPERATING
ATTACHMENT.
HYEX01440
Figure 19.
Heavy Duty Bucket.
0027-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
HYEX01437
Figure 20.
Right Side Crush-All.
HYEX01438
Figure 21.
Left Side Crush-All.
0027-13
TM 5-3805-294-10
0027
DECALS - Continued
DANGER
DANGER
SHUT OFF
EXCAVATOR PRIOR
TO MAINTENANCE
ALL PERSONNEL
STAND CLEAR
FLYING DEBRIS
DANGER
DANGER
HIGH PRESSURE
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM
DO NOT OPERATE
WITHOUT GUARDS
HYEX01439
Figure 22. Output Side Crush-All.

END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0027-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
0028
TOWING THE HYEX
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
TOWING
CAUTION
The travel motors require hydraulic pressure to release the parking brakes. Do not attempt
to tow the HYEX without Field Maintenance support. Field Maintenance must prepare the
travel motors before the HYEX can be towed. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
In the event during operation of the HYEX the machine becomes disabled and needs to be towed, notify Field level
maintenance.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0028-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0029
LOWERING BOOM WITHOUT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
LOWERING BOOM
In the event during operation of the HYEX the machine becomes disabled and the boom needs to be lowered, notify
Field level maintenance.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0029-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER 32TO 5F (0TO -15C)
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
References (cont.)
WP 0005
WP 0018
STARTING
NOTE
In extreme cold conditions, an extended warm-up period will be necessary.
Avoid sudden operation of all functions until the engine and hydraulic oils are thoroughly
warm.
1.
Press and hold back button.
BACK BUTTON
HYEX01413
Figure 1.
2.
Press and Hold Back Button.
0030-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
STARTING - Continued
HYEX01414
Figure 2.
Key Switch to ON Position.
3.
Release back button when monitor goes to default screen.
4.
Press menu button.
BACK
BUTTON
MENU
BUTTON
Figure 3.
5.
Release Back Button.
Press button one or button two until service menu is highlighted.
0030-2
HYEX01415
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
Main Menu
Fuel Rate Display/No Display
Back Monitor Settings
SERVICE
MENU
Language/
Service Menu
SELECT
BUTTON
1
BUTTON 1
F1
F2
F3
F4
BUTTON 2
HYEX01416
Figure 4.
Highlight Service Menu.
6.
Press the select button.
7.
Press button one or button two until monitoring is highlighted then press the select button.
Service Menu
Troubleshooting
Monitoring
Ver. Controller Version
MONITORING
SELECT
BUTTON
BUTTON 2
1
BUTTON 1
6
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX01417
Figure 5.
8.
Select Monitoring.
Press button 1 or 2 until the hydraulic oil temperature, coolant temperature, and actual engine speed are
displayed. (WP 0005)
0030-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
Monitoring
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
0 oC
Coolant Temperature (E)
0 oC
Actual Engine Speed
Fuel Temperature
0 oC
ON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX01418
Figure 6. Temperatures Displayed.
NOTE
If hydraulic oil temperature is 32F (0C) or below, engine will run at 1400 rpm for 15 minutes
or until hydraulic oil temperature reaches 36F (2C).
9.
Turn key switch (Figure 7, Item 1) to start engine. Release key when engine starts.
HYEX01419
Figure 7.
10.
Start Engine.
Move engine idle speed switch (Figure 8, Item 2) to half throttle and run engine for 5 minutes. Do not run at
fast or slow idle.
0030-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
HYEX01420
Figure 8.
11.
Engine Speed Dial.
Ensure engine coolant and hydraulic oil temperatures are above 0F (-18C) before proceeding to Step 12.
Monitoring
0 oC
0 oC
Actual Engine Speed
Fuel Temperature
0 oC
ON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX01418
Figure 9.
Check Engine and Hydraulic Oil Temperatures.
NOTE
During warm-up procedures, if the upper structure is over the side and the boom cylinders
are fully raised, the overload alarm may sound even if the machine is not in an overload
condition. Lower the boom cylinders until the alarm is no longer displayed.
12.
Set machine switch selections for temperatures between 5 and 32F (-15 and 0C) per Table 1.
0030-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
Table 1.
Machine Switch Selections.
Engine Speed
Speed Dial to Half Speed
Power Mode Switch Position
High Power (HP) Mode
Auto-Idle (A/I) Switch Position
OFF
Travel Speed Switch
Slow (Turtle)
13.
Select dig mode on monitor. (WP 0018)
WARNING
Clear the area of all personnel during machine warm up procedures. Machine can move
unexpectedly. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not hold any hydraulic function over relief for more than 10 seconds. This can cause hot
spots in the control valve. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
14.
Operate swing, boom, arm, hydraulic thumb, and bucket functions slowly and short distances initially in each
direction. (WP 0004)
15.
Continue cycling cylinders by increasing travel each cycle until full smooth movement of each function is
obtained.
16.
Swing upperstructure (Figure 10, Item 3) 90 degrees.
5
6
3
7
Figure 10.
HYEX01421
Raise Machine.
17.
Place round side of bucket (Figure 10, Item 4) on ground.
18.
Keeping angle between boom (Figure 10, Item 5) and arm (Figure 10, Item 6) between 90 and 110 degrees,
slowly lower boom (Figure 10, Item 5) to raise track (Figure 10, Item 7) off ground.
0030-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0030
19.
Operate travel lever for raised track for approximately 5 minutes. (WP 0004)
20.
Slowly raise boom (Figure 10, Item 5) to lower track (Figure 10, Item 7) to ground and swing upperstructure
back 90 degrees.
21.
Repeat Steps 14 to 18 for opposite track.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0030-7/8 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER 5F (-15C) OR COLDER
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
References (cont.)
WP 0018
WP 0034
STARTING
NOTE
Contact Field Maintenance to ensure that all fluids meet the requirements for the current
operating conditions.
In extreme cold conditions, an extended warm-up period will be necessary.
Avoid sudden operation of all functions until the engine and hydraulic oils are thoroughly
warm.
1.
If temperature is 5F (-15C) or below, operate coolant heater for 30 minutes. (WP 0034)
2.
Press and hold back button.
BACK
BUTTON
HYEX01423
Figure 1.
Press and Hold Back Button.
0031-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
3.
HYEX01424
Figure 2.
4.
Key Switch to ON Position.
Release back button when monitor goes to default screen.
BACK
BUTTON
MENU
BUTTON
Figure 3.
Release Back Button.
5.
Press menu button.
6.
Press button one or button two until service menu is highlighted.
0031-2
HYEX01415
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
Main Menu
Fuel Rate Display/No Display
Back Monitor Settings
SERVICE
MENU
Language/
Service Menu
SELECT
BUTTON
1
BUTTON 1
F1
F2
F3
F4
BUTTON 2
HYEX01430
Figure 4.
Highlight Service Menu.
7.
Press the select button.
8.
Press button one or button two until monitoring is highlighted, then press the select button.
MONITORING
Service Menu
Troubleshooting
Monitoring
Ver. Controller Version
SELECT
BUTTON
1
BUTTON 1
6
F1
F2
F3
F4
BUTTON 2
HYEX01431
Figure 5.
Select Monitoring.
0031-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
9.
Ensure the hydraulic oil temperature, coolant temperature, and actual engine speed are displayed.
Monitoring
0 oC
0 oC
Actual Engine Speed
Fuel Temperature
0 oC
ON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX01432
Figure 6. Temperatures Displayed.
NOTE
If hydraulic oil temperature is 32F (0C) or below, engine will run at 1400 rpm for 15 minutes
or until hydraulic oil temperature reaches 36F (2C).
10.
Turn key switch (Figure 7, Item 1) to start engine. Release key when engine starts.
HYEX01433
Figure 7.
11.
Start Engine.
Move engine idle speed switch (Figure 8, Item 2) to half throttle and run engine for 5 minutes. Do not run at
fast or slow idle.
0031-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
HYEX01434
Figure 8.
12.
Engine Idle Speed.
Monitor engine coolant and hydraulic oil. Once the oil temperatures reach 0F (-18C) the High Power (HP)
mode can be selected.
Monitoring
0 oC
0 oC
Actual Engine Speed
Fuel Temperature
0 oC
ON
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX01432
Figure 9.
Monitor Temperatures Displayed.
0031-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
NOTE
During warm-up procedures, if the upper structure is over the side and the boom cylinders
are fully raised, the overload alarm may sound even if the machine is not in an overload
condition. Lower the boom cylinders until the alarm is no longer displayed.
13.
Set machine switch selections for temperatures between 5F (-15C) and below per Table 1.
Table 1.
Machine Switch Selection.
Machine Specification
Temperatures 5 to 0F (-15 to
-18C)
Temperature Below 0F (-18C)
Engine Speed
Power Mode Switch Position
High Power (HP) Mode
Economy (E) Mode
Auto-Idle (A/I) Switch Position
OFF
OFF
Travel Speed Switch
Slow (Turtle)
Slow (Turtle)
14.
Select dig mode on monitor. (WP 0018)
WARNING
Clear the area of all personnel during machine warm up procedures. Machine can move
unexpectedly. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not hold any hydraulic function over relief for more than 10 seconds. This can cause hot
spots in the control valve. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
15.
Operate swing, boom, arm, and bucket functions slowly and short distances initially in each direction.
(WP 0004)
16.
Continue cycling cylinders by increasing travel each cycle until full smooth movement of function is obtained.
17.
0031-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0031
5
6
3
7
Figure 10.
HYEX01435
Raise Machine.
18.
19.
20.
Operate travel lever for raised track for approximately 5 minutes. (WP 0004)
21.
Slowly raise boom (Figure 10, Item 5) to lower track (Figure 10, Item 7) to ground and swing upperstructure
back 90 degrees.
22.
Repeat Steps 15 to 19 for opposite track.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0031-7/8 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
SLAVE STARTING
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0007
SLAVE STARTING
WARNING
An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in use or being charged. Keep flames and
sparks away from battery area. Ensure batteries are charged in a well-ventilated area. Failure
NOTE
Ensure that booster vehicle is equipped with a slave receptacle.
1.
Contact Field Maintenance to get a slave cable.
2.
Connect the slave cable to booster vehicle slave receptacle.
3.
Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from slave receptacle (Figure 1, Item 2).
0032-1
0032
TM 5-3805-294-10
0032
SLAVE STARTING - Continued
HYEX00866
Figure 1.
Slave Receptacle.
4.
Connect slave cable to slave receptacle (Figure 1, Item 2).
5.
Run booster vehicle at a speed just above idle. Refer to booster vehicle Operator's Manual.
6.
7.
After starting machine, return booster vehicle to idle. Refer to booster vehicle Operator's Manual.
8.
Remove the slave cable from slave receptacle (Figure 1, Item 2).
9.
Install cap (Figure 1, Item 1) to slave receptacle (Figure 1, Item 2).
10.
Remove slave cable from booster vehicle.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0032-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0033
SKYLIGHT WINDOW (SECONDARY EXIT) AND REAR WINDOW (EMERGENCY EXIT)
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
SKYLIGHT WINDOW (SECONDARY EXIT)

1.
Slide back liner.
2.
Release two latches (Figure 1, Item 1).
HYEX00943
Figure 1.
3.
Open and Close Roof Exit.
Push on handle (Figure 1, Item 2) and exit machine.
END OF TASK
REAR WINDOW (EMERGENCY EXIT)
1.
Remove emergency exit tool (Figure 2, Item 3) from holder (Figure 2, Item 4).
0033-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0033
REAR WINDOW (EMERGENCY EXIT) - Continued
HYEX00944
Figure 2. Emergency Exit Tool.
WARNING
When using emergency exit tool to break glass, shield eyes and face from broken glass.
2.
Using emergency exit tool (Figure 2, Item 3) smash rear window (Figure 2, Item 5). One or two strikes with
emergency exit tool (Figure 2, Item 3) should shatter glass.
3.
Push remaining glass from window edges and exit machine.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0033-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
OPERATING THE COOLANT HEATER
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
COOLANT HEATER OPERATION
WARNING
The coolant heater must be switched off while the fuel tank on the machine is being filled.
DO NOT operate engine or coolant heater in a closed place without proper ventilation.
CAUTION
If a fault arises during coolant heater operation, the heat symbol will flash on the control panel
display and a three-digit fault code will be displayed. Shut down the coolant heater and notify
field maintenance. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Coolant heater is only required to be used when temperature is -25 F (-32 C) or colder.
The timer can control operation of the coolant heater for up to 7 days in advance.
The default timer setting is for the coolant heater to operate for 120 minutes before
automatically turning off.
0034-1
0034
TM 5-3805-294-10
0034
COOLANT HEATER OPERATION - Continued

1.
The coolant heater control panel (Figure 1, Item 1) is located on left outer console of operator's seat.
2
1
M0
20:30
HYEX00023
Figure 1. Coolant Heater Control Panel.

2.
The coolant heater control panel display (Figure 1, Item 2) indicates a weekday and time and allows
programming of heater cycle times.
END OF TASK
ADJUSTING COOLANT HEATER TIME AND DAY
NOTE
All symbols will flash on coolant heater control panel (Figure 2, Item 1) display after extended
power loss. The clock requires resetting to ensure proper operation of the coolant heater.
1.
Push and hold clock button (Figure 2, Item 3) until time (Figure 2, Item 4) indicator begins to flash.
M0
3 20:30
HYEX00022
Figure 2. Adjusting Time and Day.

2.
Press the left arrow button (Figure 2, Item 5) or right arrow button (Figure 2, Item 6) to adjust time up or down.
3.
When time is correct wait approximately 5 seconds and day (Figure 2, Item 7) will begin to flash.
4.
Press the left arrow button (Figure 2, Item 5) or right arrow button (Figure 2, Item 6) to adjust day (Figure 2,
Item 7) up or down.
5.
When day (Figure 2, Item 7) is correct wait approximately 5 seconds and day will stop flashing.
0034-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0034
ADJUSTING COOLANT HEATER TIME AND DAY - Continued

6.
Time (Figure 2, Item 4) and day (Figure 2, Item 7) is set.
END OF TASK
SETTING AND SELECTING COOLANT HEATER PROGRAM
NOTE
The coolant heater control panel can program three start cycle times within a 24-hour
period or one start cycle per day for 7 days. Only one program can be activated at one
time.
Pressing the preset button (Figure 3, Item 8) until memory display is blank will delete
programs in memory.
1.
Press the preset button (Figure 3, Item 8) until the desired program number (Figure 3, Item 9) begins to flash.
M0
9
3 20:30
Figure 3.
HYEX01315
Setting Program.
2.
Press the left arrow button (Figure 3, Item 5) or right arrow button (Figure 3, Item 6) to adjust start time (Figure
3, Item 4) up or down.
3.
When start time (Figure 3, Item 4) is set, wait approximately 5 seconds and day (Figure 3, Item 7) will begin
to flash.
4.
Press the left arrow button (Figure 3, Item 5) or right arrow button (Figure 3, Item 6) to adjust day (Figure 3,
Item 7) up or down.
5.
When day (Figure 3, Item 7) is set, wait approximately 5 seconds and day will stop flashing.
6.
Start time (Figure 3, Item 4) and day (Figure 3, Item 7) is set.
7.
Program number (Figure 3, Item 9) will be displayed.
8.
Repeat Steps 1 through 7 if additional days of programing is desired.
END OF TASK
ADJUSTING COOLANT HEATER RUN TIME
NOTE
The maximum amount of time for the coolant heater will run is 120 minutes.
0034-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0034
ADJUSTING COOLANT HEATER RUN TIME - Continued

Adjusting the run time must be performed every time a start program is selected.
1.
Press the heater button (Figure 4, Item 10) and the preselected run time (Figure 4, Item 11) will appear on the
display (Figure 4, Item 2).
2
11
120
10
HYEX00021
Figure 4. Adjusting Run Time.

2.
Press the left arrow button (Figure 4, Item 5) or right arrow button (Figure 4, Item 6) to adjust run time (Figure
4, Item 11) up or down.
3.
After desired run time (Figure 4, Item 11) is selected, wait approximately 5 seconds and run time is set.
END OF TASK
USING COOLANT HEATER MANUALLY
1.
Press heater button (Figure 5, Item 10) and the coolant heater will start and run.
11
120
10
Figure 5.
HYEX00020
Manually Start Coolant Heater.
2.
If desired, press the left arrow button (Figure 5, Item 5) or right arrow button (Figure 5, Item 6) to adjust run
time (Figure 5, Item 11) up or down.
3.
To manually shut coolant heater off press the heater button (Figure 6, Item 10). The coolant heater will do a
normal cool-down cycle and then turn itself off.
0034-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0034
USING COOLANT HEATER MANUALLY - Continued
11
120
10
Figure 6.
HYEX00020
Manually Start Coolant Heater Continued.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0034-5/6 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0035
MOVING UP/DOWN STEEP OR SLIPPERY SLOPES
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
PULLING MACHINE UP
WARNING
This procedure should only be used on a short slope of no more than 35 degrees to prevent
machine rollover. The machine depends on support of the boom, arm, and bucket during
entire procedure until the machine reaches the top or bottom of the slope. Do not attempt to
reposition the bucket or swing upperstructure during the procedure because the machine will
become unstable. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
1.
Buckle seat belt (Figure 1, Item 1).
HYEX00687
Figure 1.
2.
Buckle Seat Belt.
Position undercarriage so travel motors (Figure 2, Item 2) will be on the uphill end of machine (Figure 2, Item
3).
0035-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0035
PULLING MACHINE UP - Continued
4
5
HYEX00674
Figure 2. Pulling Machine Up.

3.
Push bucket (Figure 2, Item 4) into the ground on the top of the slope.
4.
While using travel pedals pull the machine using the boom (Figure 2, Item 5) and arm cylinder (Figure 2, Item
6) to assist the travel motors (Figure 2, Item 2).
END OF TASK
PUSHING MACHINE UP
WARNING
1.
Buckle seat belt (Figure 3, Item 1).
0035-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0035
PUSHING MACHINE UP - Continued
HYEX00687
Figure 3.
2.
Buckle Seat Belt.
3).
3
6
HYEX00677
Figure 4.
3.
Pushing Machine.
Push bucket (Figure 4, Item 4) into the ground at the base of the slope.
0035-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0035
PUSHING MACHINE UP - Continued

4.
While using travel pedals push the machine using the boom (Figure 4, Item 5) and arm cylinder (Figure 4, Item
6) to assist the travel motors (Figure 4, Item 2).
END OF TASK
TRAVELING DOWN
WARNING
1.
3).
3
6
HYEX00677
Figure 5.
2.
Traveling Down.
Using the boom (Figure 5, Item 5) and arm cylinder (Figure 5, Item 6) position bucket (Figure 5, Item 4) so it
will drag the ground while traveling down the slope.
0035-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
TRAVELING DOWN - Continued
3.
Slowly travel down the slope.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0035-5/6 blank
0035
TM 5-3805-294-10
0036
FORDING THE HYEX
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0093
FORDING
CAUTION
Do not ford water unless depth is known. Water deeper than 40.0 in. (1.0 m) may enter
machine systems and damage operating components. Failure to comply may result in
NOTE
Use travel control levers during fording operations to maintain better control of machine
speed.
1.
Ensure bottom at fording site is firm enough that 40 in. (1 m) maximum fording depth will not be exceeded and
machine will not become mired.
HYEX01311
Figure 1.
Fording Line.
2.
Ensure that engine is operating normally and is at normal operating temperature.
3.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to unlocked (down) position.
0036-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0036
FORDING - Continued
Figure 2.
4.
HYEX00367
Ensure that there are no alarms indicated on monitor (Figure 3, Item 2).
5
2
Figure 3.
HYEX00368
Check Monitor.
5.
Position travel speed selector (Figure 3, Item 3) in slow position.
6.
Raise engine speed dial (Figure 3, Item 4) to 1/3 throttle position.
7.
Move travel levers (Figure 3, Item 5) forward 1/4 travel.
8.
Enter the water slowly to minimize surges of backwash into the upperstructure.
9.
If machine accidently enters water deeper than 40 in. (1.0 m), move travel levers (Figure 3, Item 5) back 1/4
travel and slowly back machine out of deep water.
0036-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
FORDING - Continued
10.
After fording perform, maintenance after fording. (WP 0093)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0036-3/4 blank
0036
TM 5-3805-294-10
CHAPTER 3
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
NSN 3805-01-573-0677
TM 5-3805-294-10
0037
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX

Malfunction/Symptom
Troubleshooting Procedure
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1.
Travel Alarm Does Not Operate ....................................................................................................... WP 0038
2.
Windshield Wiper and Washer Do Not Operate ............................................................................... WP 0039
3.
Cab Dome Light Does Not Operate ................................................................................................. WP 0040
4.
Boom, Cab, And Drive Lights Do Not Operate ................................................................................. WP 0041
5.
Cab Front Work Lights Do Not Operate ........................................................................................... WP 0042
6.
Cab Rear Work Lights Do Not Operate ............................................................................................ WP 0043
7.
Low Note and High Note Horns Do Not Operate ............................................................................. WP 0044
8.
Air Conditioner Does Not Operate ................................................................................................... WP 0045
ENGINE
1.
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start Or Hard To Start .......................................................................... WP 0046
2.
Engine Will Not Crank ...................................................................................................................... WP 0047
3.
Engine Runs Poorly ......................................................................................................................... WP 0048
4.
Excessive Fuel Consumption ........................................................................................................... WP 0049
5.
Excessive Oil Consumption .............................................................................................................. WP 0050
6.
Engine Idles Poorly .......................................................................................................................... WP 0051
7.
Auto-Idle Does Not Work ................................................................................................................. WP 0052
8.
Engine Not Developing Full Power .................................................................................................. WP 0053
9.
Engine Oil Pressure Low .................................................................................................................. WP 0054
10.
Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal ................................................................................... WP 0055
11.
Engine Emits Excessive Black Or Gray Exhaust Smoke ................................................................. WP 0056
12.
Engine Emits Excessive White Exhaust Smoke ............................................................................... WP 0057
HYDRAULICS SYSTEM
1.
No Hydraulic Functions .................................................................................................................... WP 0058
2.
Hydraulic Functions Are Slow Or Have Little Or No Power .............................................................. WP 0059
3.
Power Dig Does Not Work ............................................................................................................... WP 0060
4.
Hydraulic Oil Overheats ................................................................................................................... WP 0061
5.
Hydraulic Oil Foams ......................................................................................................................... WP 0062
0037-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0037
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom
Troubleshooting Procedure
6.
No Swing Function ........................................................................................................................... WP 0063
7.
Swing Function Is Jerky ................................................................................................................... WP 0064
8.
Slow Travel Speed Only ................................................................................................................... WP 0065
9.
Travel Is Jerky .................................................................................................................................. WP 0066
10.
Engine Stops When Travel Or Control Lever Actuated .................................................................... WP 0067
11.
Quick Latch Does Not Operate ........................................................................................................ WP 0068
12.
Compactor Does Not Operate .......................................................................................................... WP 0069
13.
Breaker Does Not Operate ............................................................................................................... WP 0070
14.
Breaker Operates Slowly ................................................................................................................. WP 0071
15.
Crush-All Does Not Operate ............................................................................................................ WP 0072
16.
Barrier Grapple Does Not Hold Load ............................................................................................... WP 0073
17.
Deep Dig Does Not Operate ............................................................................................................ WP 0074
18.
Hydraulic Hose Reel Does Not Operate ........................................................................................... WP 0075
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0037-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0038
TRAVEL ALARM DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
Table 1. Travel Alarm Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
Travel Alarm Fuse
Blown.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F5 OPT.1 (ALT) 5A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F5 OPT.1

(ALT) 5A fuse for blown fuse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0038-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If fuse blown, replace F5 OPT.

1 (ALT) 5A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
If fuse not blown, notify Field

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0039
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER DO NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0009
WP 0011
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Windshield Wiper and Washer Do Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Upper Front
Window Not Fully
Closed.
Windshield Wiper
and Washer Fuse
Blown.
Test or Inspection
1.
If machine is equipped with a

Supplemental Armor Set,
proceed to Malfunction 2.
2.
Check upper front window to

ensure window is fully closed.
(WP 0011)
1.
2.
Remove F2 WIPER 10A fuse.

(WP 0084)
3.
Visually inspect F2 WIPER

10A fuse for blown fuse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0039-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If fully closed, proceed to

Malfunction 2.
2.
If not fully closed, readjust and

close upper front window.
(WP 0011)
1.
If fuse blown, replace F2

WIPER 10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0040
CAB DOME LIGHT DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
WP 0009
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Cab Dome Light Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Test or Inspection
Cab Dome Light

Switch is OFF (up).
Radio and Dome

Light Fuse Blown.
Check cab dome light switch

position. (WP 0004)
1.
2.
Remove F11 RADIO 5A fuse.

(WP 0084)
3.
Visually inspect F11 RADIO

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0040-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If switch is ON (down), proceed

to Malfunction 2.
2.
If switch is OFF (up), position

cab dome light switch ON
(down). (WP 0004)
1.

RADIO 5A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0041
BOOM, CAB, AND DRIVE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Boom, Cab, And Drive Lights Do Not Operate.
Malfunction
Work and Drive
Lights Fuse Blown.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F1 LAMP 20A fuse.

(WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F1 LAMP 20A

fuse for blown fuse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0041-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If fuse blown, replace F1 LAMP

20A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0042
CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Cab Front Work Lights Do Not Operate.
Malfunction
Cab Front Work
Lights Fuse Blown.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F22 CAB LAMP

FRONT 10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F22 CAB

LAMP FRONT 10A fuse for
blown fuse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0042-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If fuse blown, replace F22 CAB

LAMP FRONT 10A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0043
CAB REAR WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Cab Rear Work Lights Do Not Operate.
Malfunction
Cab Rear Work
Lights Fuse Blown.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F23 CAB LAMP

REAR 10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F23 CAB

LAMP REAR 10A fuse for
blown fuse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0043-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If fuse blown, replace F23 CAB

LAMP REAR 10A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0044
LOW NOTE AND HIGH NOTE HORNS DO NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Low Note And High Note Horns Do Not Operate.
Malfunction
Horn Fuse Blown.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F17 HORN 10A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F17 HORN

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0044-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

HORN 10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0045
AIR CONDITIONER DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0084
WP 0089
WP 0090
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Air Conditioner Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Air Conditioner and

Heater 5A Fuse
Blown.
Air Conditioner and

Heater 20A Fuse
Blown.
Fresh Air Filter

Clogged or
Damaged.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F15 AIRCON 5A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F15 AIRCON

1.
Remove F3 HEATER 20A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F3 HEATER

1.
Remove fresh air filter.

(WP 0089)
2.
Visually inspect fresh air filter

and housing for clog and
damage.
0045-1
Corrective Action
1.

AIRCON 5A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
If fuse not blown, proceed to

Malfunction 2.
1.

HEATER 20A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 3.
1.
If clogged, service fresh air

filter and housing. (WP 0089)
2.
If damaged, notify Field

Maintenance.
3.
If not clogged and not

damaged, proceed to
Malfunction 4.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0045
Table 1. Air Conditioner Does Not Operate - Continued.

Malfunction
4.
5.
6.
Air Conditioner/
Heater Filter
Clogged or
Damaged.
Air Conditioner
Condenser Dirty or
Damaged.
Air Conditioner Belt

Worn or Damaged.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove air conditioner/heater

filter. (WP 0090)
2.
Visually inspect air

conditioner/heater filter and
housing for clog and damage.
Visually inspect air

conditioner/heater condenser
for dirt and damage.
(WP 0077)
Visually inspect air conditioner

belt for wear and damage.
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0045-2
Corrective Action
1.
If clogged, service air

conditioner/heater filter and
housing. (WP 0090)
2.

Maintenance.
3.
If not clogged and not

damaged, proceed to
Malfunction 5.
1.
If dirty, clean air conditioner

condenser. (WP 0077)
2.

Maintenance.
3.
If not dirty and not damaged,

1.
If worn or damaged, notify

Field Maintenance.
2.
If not worn and not damaged,

notify Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0046
ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START OR HARD TO START
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0077
References (cont.)
WP 0086
WP 0087
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Cranks But Does Not Start or Hard to Start.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Test or Inspection
Engine Cranks
Slowly.
Fuel Level Low.
Air Cleaners Dirty

or Clogged.
Crank engine. (WP 0007)
1.
Turn key switch to ON position,

but DO NOT START ENGINE.
(WP 0007)
2.
Visually inspect monitor to

verify at least 1/4 tank of fuel is
available. (WP 0005)
3.
Turn key switch to OFF

position. (WP 0009)
1.
2.
Observe monitor for air cleaner

clogged alarm. (WP 0005)
0046-1
Corrective Action
1.
If engine cranks slowly, notify

Field Maintenance.
2.
If engine does not crank

slowly, proceed to Malfunction
2.
1.
If fuel level is low, service

machine. (WP 0077)
2.
If fuel level is OK, proceed to

Malfunction 3.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0046
Table 1. Engine Cranks But Does Not Start or Hard to Start - Continued.
Malfunction
Test or Inspection
3.
4.
5.
Leaking Fuel Lines

and Fittings.
Fuel Filter/Water
Separators Contain
Water or Sediment.
Shut down engine. (WP 0009)
Visually inspect fuel lines and

fittings for leakage.
(WP 0077)
1.
Drain primary and final fuel

filter/water separators of water
or sediment. (WP 0086)
2.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0046-2
Corrective Action
1.
If air cleaner clogged alarm is

displayed, remove foreign
objects/debris or replace air
cleaner. (WP 0087)
2.

not displayed, proceed to
Malfunction 4.
1.
If fuel lines and fittings are

leaking, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If fuel lines and fittings are not

leaking, proceed to
Malfunction 5.
1.
If engine starts, malfunction

corrected.
2.
If engine does not start, notify

Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0047
ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0007
WP 0009
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Will Not Crank.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Pilot Shutoff Lever

in UNLOCKED
(down) Position.
Discharged
Batteries.
Test or Inspection
1.
Place pilot shutoff lever in

LOCK (up) position.
(WP 0007)
2.
1.
Turn key switch to ON position,

but DO NOT START ENGINE.
(WP 0007)
2.
Observe monitor for battery

warning alarm. (WP 0005)
3.
Turn key switch to OFF

position. (WP 0009)
0047-1
Corrective Action
1.
If engine starts, malfunction

corrected.
2.
If engine does not crank,

1.
If monitor displays battery

warning alarm, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If monitor does not display

battery warning alarm,
TM 5-3805-294-10
0047
Table 1. Engine Will Not Crank - Continued.

Malfunction
3.
Blown Fuses.
Test or Inspection
1.
Corrective Action
Remove the following fuses:

F8 ECM 20A fuse.
(WP 0084)
F10 CONTROLLER 5A
fuse. (WP 0084)
F16 POWER ON 5A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.
4.
Corroded or Loose
Battery
Connections.
Visually inspect fuses for

blown fuse.
Visually inspect batteries for

corroded or loose
connections. (WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0047-2
1.
If fuse blown, replace fuse.

(WP 0084)
2.
If no fuse blown, proceed to

Malfunction 4.
1.
If battery connections are

corroded or loose, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If battery connections are not

corroded or loose, notify Field
Maintenance that engine does
not crank.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0048
ENGINE RUNS POORLY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0077
WP 0086
References (cont.)
WP 0087
WP 0091
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Engine Runs Poorly.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Air Cleaners Dirty

or Clogged.
Fuel Filter/Water
Separators Contain
Water or Sediment.
Test or Inspection
1.

2.
1.

2.
0048-1
Corrective Action
1.

cleaners. (WP 0087)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.
If engine runs properly,

malfunction corrected.
2.
If engine runs poorly,

Malfunction 3.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0048
Table 1. Engine Runs Poorly - Continued.

Malfunction
3.
Fuel Tank is
Contaminated.
Test or Inspection
1.
2.
Drain water and sediment from

fuel tank. (WP 0091)
3.
Clean fuel strainer.

(WP 0077)
4.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0048-2
Corrective Action
1.
If clean fuel does not become

present, Notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If clean fuel becomes present,

proceed to Step 3.
1.
If engine runs properly,

2.
If engine runs poorly, shut

down engine. (WP 0009)
Notify Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0049
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0009
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0087
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Excessive Fuel Consumption.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Air Cleaners Dirty

or Clogged.
Leaking Fuel Lines

and Fittings.
Test or Inspection
1.

2.

(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0049-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

cleaners. (WP 0087)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.
If fuel lines or fittings are

Maintenance.
2.
If fuel lines or fittings are not

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0050
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0009
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0087
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Excessive Oil Consumption.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Air Cleaners Dirty

or Clogged.
Oil Shows Signs Of

Contamination.
Test or Inspection
1.

2.
Visually inspect engine oil

dipstick for coolant or fuel
contaminants. (WP 0077) Oil
containing coolant will have a
creamy brown appearance or
oil containing fuel will be
diluted and smell like fuel.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0050-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

cleaners. (WP 0087)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.
If oil dipstick shows signs of

contaminants, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If oil dipstick shows no signs of

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0051
ENGINE IDLES POORLY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0077
References (cont.)
WP 0086
WP 0087
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Idles Poorly.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Warning Lights and

Alarms are Present.
Fuel Filter/Water
Separators Contain
Water or Sediment.
Test or Inspection
1.
Start engine. (WP 0007) If

engine does not immediately
idle poorly, allow engine to run
until engine starts to exhibit
poor idle symptoms.
2.
Observe monitor (WP 0005)

for warning lights and alarms.
3.
1.

2.
0051-1
Corrective Action
1.

cleaners. (WP 0087)
2.
If any other warning lights and

alarms are present, notify Field
Maintenance.
3.
If no warning lights and alarms

are present, proceed to
Malfunction 2.
1.
If engine idles properly,

2.
If engine idles poorly, proceed

to Malfunction 3.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0051
Table 1. Engine Idles Poorly - Continued.

Malfunction
3.
Leaking Fuel Lines

and Fittings.
Test or Inspection
1.
2.

(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0051-2
Corrective Action
1.

Maintenance.
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0052
AUTO-IDLE DOES NOT WORK
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
WP 0005
WP 0009
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Auto-Idle Does Not Work.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Engine Speed Does

Not Lower With
Auto-Idle (A. I.)
Turned ON.
Auto-Idle (A. I.)

Indicator Not
Displayed On
Monitor.
Hydraulic
Operations Being
Performed.
Test or Inspection
1.
Turn engine speed dial to high

idle position (H). (WP 0004)
2.
Turn A.I. switch to ON

position. (WP 0004)
Verify A.I. indicator is

displayed on monitor.
(WP 0005)
Verify if hydraulic operations

are being performed.
(WP 0004)
0052-1
Corrective Action
1.
If engine speed lowers in 4 - 6

seconds, proceed to
Malfunction 4.
2.
If engine speed does not lower

in 4 - 6 seconds, proceed to
Malfunction 2.
1.
If A. I. indicator is not displayed

on monitor with A. I. switch in
ON position, shut down
engine. (WP 0009) Notify
Field Maintenance.
2.
If A. I. indicator is displayed on
monitor, proceed to
Malfunction 3.
1.
If hydraulic operations are

being performed, cease any
hydraulic operations being
performed, verify engine
speed adjusts to A. I. speed
within 4 - 6 seconds.
(WP 0004) If engine speed
does not adjust to A.I. speed
within 4 - 6 seconds, shut down
Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0052
Table 1. Auto-Idle Does Not Work - Continued.

Malfunction
4.
Engine Speed Does

Not Raise With
Auto-Idle (A. I.)
Turned ON and
Hydraulic
Functions Being
Performed.
Test or Inspection
Operate hydraulic functions.

(WP 0004)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0052-2
Corrective Action
2.
If hydraulic operations are not

being performed, shut down
Field Maintenance.
1.
If engine speed raises, no fault

at this time. Shut down
engine. (WP 0009)
2.
If engine speed does not raise,

shut down engine. (WP 0009)
Notify Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0053
ENGINE NOT DEVELOPING FULL POWER
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0009
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0087
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Engine Not Developing Full Power.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Air Cleaners Dirty

or Clogged.
Exhaust Pipes
Dented or
Restricted.
Leaking Fuel Lines

or Fittings.
Test or Inspection
1.

2.
Visually inspect exhaust pipes

and muffler for dents and
restrictions. (WP 0077)

(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0053-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

cleaners. (WP 0087)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.
If exhaust pipes are dented or

restricted, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If exhaust pipes are not dented

or restricted, proceed to
Malfunction 3.
1.

Maintenance.
2.

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0054
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Oil Pressure Low.
Malfunction
Low Engine Oil
Level.
Test or Inspection
Check engine oil level.
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0054-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If engine oil level is low, service

machine. (WP 0077)
2.
If engine oil level is full, notify

Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0055
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ABOVE NORMAL
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
4.
Engine Coolant
Level Low.
Engine Oil Level

Low.
Radiator Damaged
or Has Foreign
Objects/Debris.
Surge Tank Cap is

Loose.
Test or Inspection
Visually inspect engine coolant
level. (WP 0077)

level. (WP 0077)
Visually inspect radiator for

damage, foreign objects and
debris. (WP 0077)
Visually inspect surge tank cap

for looseness or damage.
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0055-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If level is low, service radiator.

(WP 0077)
2.
If level is not low, proceed to

Malfunction 2.
1.
If level is low, service engine.

(WP 0077)
2.
If level is not low, proceed to

Malfunction 3.
1.
If radiator has foreign objects/

debris, remove foreign objects/
debris.
2.
If radiator is damaged, notify

Field Maintenance.
3.
If radiator does not have

foreign objects/debris or does
not have damage, proceed to
Malfunction 4.
1.
If cap is loose, secure cap.
2.
If cap is damaged, notify Field

Maintenance.
3.
If cap is not damaged or loose,

TM 5-3805-294-10
0056
ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY EXHAUST SMOKE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0005
WP 0009
WP 0087
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Engine Emits Excessive Black Or Gray Exhaust Smoke.
Malfunction
Air Cleaners Dirty
or Clogged.
Test or Inspection
1.

2.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0056-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

cleaners. (WP 0087)
2.

not displayed, notify Field
Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0057
ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0077
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Emits Excessive White Exhaust Smoke.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Test or Inspection
Oil Shows Signs Of

Contamination.
White Exhaust
Smoke Excessive at
Normal Operating
Temperature.

dipstick for coolant or fuel
contaminants. (WP 0077) Oil
containing coolant will have a
creamy brown appearance or
oil containing fuel will be
diluted and smell like fuel.
1.
Operate engine to normal

operating temperature.
(WP 0007)
2.
Observe engine exhaust.
3.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0057-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If oil dipstick shows signs of

Maintenance.
2.
If oil dipstick shows no signs of

contaminants, Malfunction 2.
1.
If engine emits white exhaust,

2.
If engine does not emit white

exhaust, no fault at this time.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0058
NO HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0004
WP 0009
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
Table 1. No Hydraulic Functions.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Pilot Shutoff Lever

in LOCK (up)
Position.
Hydraulic Oil Level

Low.
Test or Inspection
1.
Place pilot shutoff lever in

UNLOCKED (down) position.
(WP 0004)
2.
Operate control pedals and

levers. (WP 0004)
3.
Check hydraulic oil level.

(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0058-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If hydraulic functions operate,

2.
If hydraulic functions do not

operate, proceed to
Malfunction 2.
1.
If hydraulic oil level is correct,

2.
If hydraulic oil level is not

correct, fill oil to proper level.
(WP 0088)
TM 5-3805-294-10
0059
HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS ARE SLOW OR HAVE LITTLE OR NO POWER
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0030
WP 0031
WP 0077
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Hydraulic Functions Are Slow or Have Little or No Power.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Hydraulic Oil Level

Low.
Hydraulic Oil Cold.
Hydraulic Reservoir
Fill Cap is Damaged
or Missing
Hardware.
Test or Inspection
(WP 0077)
Corrective Action
1.

2.

(WP 0088)
Perform operating in cold

weather below 5F (-15C)
(WP 0031) or operating in cold
weather 32 to 5F (0 to
-15C). (WP 0030)
1.
If hydraulic functions operate

properly, malfunction
corrected.
2.
If hydraulic functions do not

operate properly, proceed to
Malfunction 3.
Visually inspect hydraulic

reservoir fill cap for damage or
missing hardware. (WP 0077)
1.
If damaged or missing
hardware, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
if not damaged or missing

hardware, notify Field
Maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0059-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0060
POWER DIG DOES NOT WORK
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Power Dig Does Not Work.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Solenoid Fuse
Blown.
Hydraulic Oil Hoses

Damaged or Has
Leaks.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F4 SOLENOID 10A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F4
SOLENOID 10A fuse for blown
fuse.
Visually inspect hydraulic oil

hoses for damage and leaks.
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0060-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

SOLENOID 10A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.
If damaged or leaking, notify

Field Maintenance.
2.
If not damaged or leaking,

TM 5-3805-294-10
0061
HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEATS
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Hydraulic Oil Overheats.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Cooling Package
Has Damage,
Foreign Objects/
Debris.
Hydraulic Oil Level

Low.
Test or Inspection
Visually inspect cooling
package for damage, foreign
objects/debris. (WP 0077)

(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0061-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

Maintenance.
2.
If not damaged but has foreign

objects/debris, remove foreign
objects/debris.
3.
If not damaged and does not

have foreign objects/debris,
1.

2.

(WP 0088)
TM 5-3805-294-10
0062
HYDRAULIC OIL FOAMS
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Hydraulic Oil Foams.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Hydraulic Oil Level

Low.
Hydraulic Oil Hoses

are Damaged.
Test or Inspection
(WP 0077)
Visually inspect hydraulic oil

hoses for damage. (WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0062-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

2.
If hydraulic oil level is low, fill oil

to proper level. (WP 0088)
3.
If hydraulic oil level is high,

1.
If hydraulic oil hoses are

damaged, notify Field
Maintenance.
2.
If hydraulic oil hoses are not

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0063
NO SWING FUNCTION
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. No Swing Function.
Malfunction
Hydraulic Oil Level
Low.
Test or Inspection
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0063-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

2.

(WP 0088)
TM 5-3805-294-10
0064
SWING FUNCTION IS JERKY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
LO 5-3805-294-13 (WP 0094)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Swing Function Is Jerky.
Malfunction
Lack of Grease in
Swing Bearing.
Test or Inspection
Visually inspect swing bearing
grease fittings (LO
5-3805-294-13). (WP 0094)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0064-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If swing bearing lacks grease,

lubricate swing bearing grease
fittings (LO 5-3805-294-13).
(WP 0094)
2.
If swing bearing does not lack

grease, notify Field
Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0065
SLOW TRAVEL SPEED ONLY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0084
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Slow Travel Speed Only.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Solenoid Fuse
Blown.
Hydraulic Oil Level

Low.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F4 SOLENOID 10A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F4
SOLENOID 10A fuse for blown
fuse.

(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0065-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

SOLENOID 10A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.

2.

(WP 0088)
TM 5-3805-294-10
0066
TRAVEL IS JERKY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0080
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Travel is Jerky.
Malfunction
1.
2.
Incorrect Track
Chain Tension.
Debris in Track
Frame.
Test or Inspection
Check track chain sag.
(WP 0080)
Visually inspect track frame for

jammed debris. (WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0066-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If track chain sag is within

specification, proceed to
Malfunction 2.
2.
If track chain sag is not within

specification, adjust track
chain tension. (WP 0080)
1.
If jammed with debris, remove

debris.
2.
If not jammed with debris,

TM 5-3805-294-10
0067
ENGINE STOPS WHEN TRAVEL OR CONTROL LEVER ACTUATED
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0007
WP 0008
WP 0086
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Engine Stops When Travel or Control Lever Actuated.
Malfunction
Fuel Filter/Water
Separators Contain
Water or Sediment.
Test or Inspection
1.

2.
3.
Move HYEX. (WP 0008)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0067-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If engine stops when either

control lever is actuated, notify
Field Maintenance.
2.
If engine stops when travel is

actuated, notify Field
Maintenance.
3.
If engine does not stop while

moving, malfunction
corrected.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0068
QUICK LATCH DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0009
WP 0014
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Quick Latch Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Quick Latch Switch

Does not Operate.
Test or Inspection
1.
Set quick latch switch to

UNLATCH position.
(WP 0014)
2.
Observe quick latch warning

light and alarm.
3.
Observe quick latch for

movement.
Safety Lock Pin

Lever in Locked
Position.
Quick Hitch Fuse

Blown.
Check quick latch safety lock

pin lever position. (WP 0014)
1.
2.
Remove F26 QUICK HITCH

5A fuse. (WP 0084)
3.
Visually inspect F26 QUICK

HITCH 5A fuse for blown fuse.
0068-1
Corrective Action
1.
If warning light and alarm are

off, notify Field Maintenance.
2.
If warning light and alarm is on,

1.
If in locked position, place

quick latch safety lock pin lever
in unlocked position.
(WP 0014)
2.
If in unlocked position, proceed

to Malfunction 3.
1.

QUICK HITCH 5A fuse.
(WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 4.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0068
Table 1. Quick Latch Does Not Operate - Continued.

Malfunction
4.
Quick Latch Has

Jammed Debris.
Test or Inspection
Visually inspect quick latch for
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0068-2
Corrective Action
1.
If quick latch does have

jammed debris, remove
2.
If quick latch does not have

jammed debris, notify Field
Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0069
COMPACTOR DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
WP 0020
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Compactor Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Hydraulic Supply
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Hydraulic Return
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Compactor Has
Jammed Debris.
Test or Inspection
supply quick disconnect.
(WP 0077)

return quick disconnect.
(WP 0077)
Visually inspect compactor for

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0069-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If quick disconnect is fully

seated, proceed to Malfunction
2.
2.
If quick disconnect is not fully

seated, reconnect quick
disconnect properly.
(WP 0020)
3.
If quick disconnect is
Maintenance.
1.

3.
2.

(WP 0020)
3.
Maintenance.
1.
If compactor does have

jammed debris, remove
2.
If compactor does not have

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0070
BREAKER DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0020
WP 0077
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Breaker Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Hydraulic Supply
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Hydraulic Return
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Breaker Has
Jammed Debris.
Test or Inspection
(WP 0077)

(WP 0077)
Visually inspect breaker for

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0070-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.

2.
2.

(WP 0020)
3.
Maintenance.
1.

3.
2.

(WP 0020)
3.
Maintenance.
1.
If breaker does have jammed

debris, remove jammed
debris. (WP 0077)
2.
If breaker does not have

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0071
BREAKER OPERATES SLOWLY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0009
WP 0018
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0088
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Breaker Operates Slowly.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Test or Inspection
Breaker
Attachment Not
Selected.
Hydraulic Supply
Hose is Damaged or
Has Leaks.
Hydraulic Return
Hose is Damaged or
Has Leaks.
Check attachment selection on

monitor. (WP 0018)
1.
2.

supply hose. (WP 0077)

return hose. (WP 0077)
0071-1
Corrective Action
1.
If breaker attachment is
selected, proceed to
Malfunction 2.
2.
If breaker attachment is not

selected, select breaker
attachment on monitor.
(WP 0018)
1.
If hydraulic supply hose is

damaged or leaking, notify
Field Maintenance.
2.
If hydraulic supply hose is not

damaged or leaking, proceed
to Malfunction 3.
1.
If hydraulic return hose is

damaged or leaking, notify
Field Maintenance.
2.
If hydraulic return hose is not

damaged or leaking, proceed
to Malfunction 4.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0071
Table 1. Breaker Operates Slowly - Continued.

Malfunction
4.
Hydraulic Oil Level

Low.
Test or Inspection
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0071-2
Corrective Action
1.

2.

(WP 0088)
TM 5-3805-294-10
0072
CRUSH-ALL DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0020
WP 0077
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Crush-All Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
12-Volt Power
Outlet Fuse Blown.
Hydraulic Supply
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Hydraulic Return
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Test or Inspection
1.
Remove F6 OPT.2 (ALT) 10A

fuse. (WP 0084)
2.
Visually inspect F6 OPT.2

(ALT) 10A fuse for blown fuse.

(WP 0077)

(WP 0077)
0072-1
Corrective Action
1.
If fuse blown, replace F6 OPT.

2 (ALT) 10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 2.
1.

3.
2.

(WP 0020)
3.
Maintenance.
1.

4.
2.

(WP 0020)
3.
Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0072
Table 1. Crush-All Does Not Operate - Continued.

Malfunction
4.
Crush-All Has
Jammed Debris.
Test or Inspection
Visually inspect crush-all for
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0072-2
Corrective Action
1.
If crush-all does have jammed

debris, remove jammed
debris. (WP 0077)
2.
If crush-all does not have

Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0073
BARRIER GRAPPLE DOES NOT HOLD LOAD
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0077
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Table 1. Barrier Grapple Does Not Hold Load.
Malfunction
Grip pads worn.
Test or Inspection
Visually inspect grip pads.
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0073-1/2 blank
Corrective Action
1.
If grip pads worn, notify Field

Maintenance.
2.
If grip pads not worn, notify

Field Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0074
DEEP DIG DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0009
WP 0023
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Deep Dig Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Test or Inspection
Deep Dig Control

Pattern Switch is
OFF.
Cab Auxiliary
Power Connector
One Fuse Blown.
Hydraulic Supply
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Check deep dig control pattern

switch position. (WP 0023)
1.
2.
Remove F13 AUX 10A fuse.

(WP 0084)
3.
Visually inspect F13 AUX 10A

1.

(WP 0077)
2.

(WP 0077)
3.

supply hose for damage.
(WP 0077)
0074-1
Corrective Action
1.
If switch is OFF, set deep dig

control pattern switch to ON.
(WP 0023)
2.
If switch is ON, proceed to

Malfunction 2.
1.
If fuse blown, replace F13 AUX

10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 3.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0074
Table 1. Deep Dig Does Not Operate - Continued.

Malfunction
Test or Inspection
4.

return hose for damage.
(WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0074-2
Corrective Action
1.
If quick disconnect(s) is not

fully seated, reconnect quick
(WP 0023)
2.
If quick disconnect(s) is
Maintenance.
3.
If hose(s) is damaged, notify

Field Maintenance.
4.
If quick disconnects are fully

seated and hoses are not
Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0075
HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL DOES NOT OPERATE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0009
WP 0026
References (cont.)
WP 0077
WP 0084
Equipment Condition
Table 1. Hydraulic Hose Reel Does Not Operate.
Malfunction
1.
2.
3.
Test or Inspection
Hand Held
Hydraulic Tool
Circuit Switch is
OFF.
Cab Auxiliary
Power Connector
One Fuse Blown.
Hydraulic Supply
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Check hand held hydraulic tool

circuit switch position.
(WP 0026)
1.
2.
Remove F13 AUX 10A fuse.

(WP 0084)
3.
Visually inspect F13 AUX 10A


(WP 0077)
0075-1
Corrective Action
1.
If switch is OFF, set hand held

hydraulic tool circuit switch to
ON. (WP 0026)
2.
If switch is ON, proceed to

Malfunction 2.
1.
If fuse blown, replace F13 AUX

10A fuse. (WP 0084)
2.

Malfunction 3.
1.

4.
2.

(WP 0026)
3.
Maintenance.
TM 5-3805-294-10
0075
Table 1. Hydraulic Hose Reel Does Not Operate - Continued.

Malfunction
4.
5.
6.
Hydraulic Return
Quick Disconnect
Not Fully Seated.
Test or Inspection
(WP 0077)
Corrective Action
1.

5.
2.

(WP 0026)
3.
Maintenance.
Hydraulic Tool
Supply Hose Has
Damage.
Visually inspect hydraulic tool

supply hose for damage.
(WP 0077)
1.
If hose is not damaged,

2.
If hose is damaged, notify Field

Maintenance.
Hydraulic Tool
Return Hose Has
Damage.
Visually inspect hydraulic tool

return hose for damage.
(WP 0077)
1.
If hose is not damaged, notify

Field Maintenance.
2.
If hose is damaged, notify Field

Maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0075-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
CHAPTER 4
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND
SERVICES (PMCS)
NSN 3805-01-573-0677
TM 5-3805-294-10
0076
INTRODUCTION - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
NOTE
If the machine has reached the initial 250 hours of operation, contact field level
maintenance to perform the initial 250 hour service.
Tools supplied on the machine are to be used for Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS). Rags are also required for removing dirt and grease.
PMCS intervals should be performed more frequently when operating under unusual
conditions.
Perform PMCS on attachments only if they are to be used for the current mission.
This section contains operator level PMCS requirements for the Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX). The PMCS tables
contain checks and services necessary to ensure that the machine is ready for operation. Maintenance is performed
at specified intervals using the PMCS tables.
Inspecting for good condition is generally a visual inspection to determine if components are safe or serviceable.
Components in good condition are: not bent or twisted, chafed or burned, broken, or cracked. There should be no
signs of wear, fraying, dents, collapsing, tears, cuts, or deterioration.
Damage is any condition that affects safety or prevents a part or assembly from functioning normally or would render
the machine unserviceable for mission requirements.
MAINTENANCE RECORDS AND FORMS
Every mission begins and ends with paperwork. There is not much of it, but it must be kept up. The completed forms
and records have several uses. They are a permanent record of services, repairs, and modifications made to the
machine. They are reports to maintenance personnel, and to the Commander. They serve as a checklist to track
previous machine malfunctions and repair actions. Record results of PMCS on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection
and Maintenance Worksheet, or DA Form 5988-E, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance (Electronic) Worksheet.
For the information needed on forms and records, refer to DA PAM 750-8 The Army Maintenance Management
System (TAMMS) Users Manual.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Cleanliness: Dirt, grease, oil, and debris can conceal serious problems. Use solvent cleaning compound
on all metal surfaces and soapy water on rubber or plastic surfaces.
Bolts, Nuts, and Screws: Check for loose bolts, nuts, and screws, as well as for those that are missing,
bent, or broken. Tighten or replace as necessary. If parts cannot be checked with a tool, look for signs of
chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads.
Welds: Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. If a damaged weld
is discovered, notify Field Level Maintenance.
Electric Wires and Connectors: Look for cracked or broken insulation, exposed wires, and loose or broken
connectors. Tighten loose connectors and ensure wires are in good shape.
Fluid Hoses, Tubes, and Fittings: Look for wear, damage, or leaks. Ensure clamps and fittings are tight.
Wet spots show leaks, but a stain around a fitting or connector may also indicate a leak. If connectors or
fittings are loose or if hoses, tubes, or fittings are broken or worn out, notify Field Level Maintenance.
0076-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0076
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

Always observe the warnings and cautions appearing in your PMCS table. Warnings and cautions appear before
the applicable procedure. You must observe these warnings and cautions to prevent serious injury to personnel or
to prevent damage to the equipment.
ARMY OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (AOAP)
The engine and hydraulic oil and filters replacement are governed by the AOAP program. Samples for the engine
are taken every 90 days and once yearly for the hydraulic system. If sampling is not feasible due to mission, then
hard time intervals apply for oil and filter changes.
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
During adverse weather or unusually dusty conditions, lubrication may be required on a daily basis.
After fording operations, lubricate all lubrication points below fording line.
For detailed lubrication instructions, refer to: LO 5-3805-294-13 Lubrication Instructions for the Hydraulic
Excavator (HYEX).
PMCS COLUMN DESCRIPTION

The PMCS table columns are described as follows:
Item Number
The order that the PMCS should be performed. Use the item number when recording results on the DA Form 2404,
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet or the DA Form 5988-E, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance
(Electronic) Worksheet.
Interval
Lists the interval at which the check or service is to be performed.
Item to be Inspected
Lists the item being checked or serviced.
Procedures
Describes the procedure for the check or service.
Equipment Not Ready or Available If
Describes a condition that renders the machine not mission capable.
0076-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0076
Types of Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)

For each service interval, perform all checks and services listed and all checks and services associated with any
lower service interval.
Before: Do the Before (B) PMCS before operating the machine. Pay attention to the WARNINGS and
CAUTIONS.
During: Do the During (D) PMCS while machine or its components are in operation. Pay attention to the
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS.
After: Do the After (A) PMCS after operating the machine. Pay attention to the WARNINGS and CAUTIONS.
Monthly: Do the Monthly (M) PMCS once a month on the machine. Pay attention to the WARNINGS and
CAUTIONS.
Always perform PMCS in the same order, every time. Once practiced, problems can be spotted quickly. If an item
or component being inspected is inoperable or damaged, either troubleshoot by following instructions in the
Troubleshooting Section of this manual or repair and/or replace as described in the related maintenance task. If
there appears to be a malfunction that cannot be repaired immediately, complete either DA Form 2404,or DA Form
5988-E.
FLUID LEAKAGE
Class I: Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not sufficient enough to form drops.
Class II: Leakage of fluid sufficient enough to form drops, but not sufficient enough to cause the drops to
drip from the item being inspected.
Class III: Leakage of fluid sufficient enough to form drops that fall from the item being inspected.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0076-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0077
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Antifreeze, Arctic Type
Antifreeze (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 2)
Engine Oil (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 13)
Gloves (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 10)
Goggles (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 10)
Grease (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 10)
Penetrating Oil (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 14)
References
LO 5-3805-294-13 (WP 0094)
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
References (cont.)
TM 5-3805-295-13&P (WP 0094)
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0034
WP 0080
WP 0085
WP 0087
WP 0088
WP 0089
WP 0090
WP 0091
WP 0094
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES

ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
WARNING
Personnel hearing can be

permanently damaged if exposed to constant high noise
levels of 85 dB or greater.
Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
WARNING
Unless otherwise specified,

perform all maintenance
procedures with all attachments lowered to the
ground, pilot shutoff lever in
0077-1
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES - Continued
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
the up position, and engine
shut off. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death
to personnel.
WARNING
Ensure electrical power is

off prior to working on all
electrical connections. Remove all jewelry such as
rings, ID tags, bracelets,
etc., prior to working on or
around vehicle. Jewelry and
tools can catch on equipment, contact positive electrical circuits, and cause a
direct short, severe burns, or
electrical shock. Failure to
comply may result in injury
CAUTION
New machine break-in
maintenance is required at
250 hours. Contact Field
Maintenance to avoid early
wear or damage to the machine. Failure to comply may
result in voidance of warranty and damage to the machine.
NOTE
Perform Operator's Before
PMCS checks if:
You are the assigned
operator but have not
operated the machine
since the last PMCS
was performed.
0077-2
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077

ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
INTERVAL
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
You are operating the
machine for the first
time.
Only perform PMCS on
attachments if they are
to be operated for
current mission.
The lubrication order is
to be used in
conjunction with the
PMCS.
For Armored Cab
PMCS, refer to
TM 5-3805-295-13&P.
Before
Exterior of Machine
Perform walk-around inspection of

the machine exterior. Check on
ground under machine (Figure 1,
Item 1) for evidence of fluid leakage
such as oil, coolant, or fuel.
Class III oil or

coolant leaks.
Any fuel leakage is evident.
Check machine (Figure 1, Item 1)

for obvious damage that would
impair operation.
Damage that
would impair
operation is evident.
3
1
4
Figure 1.
Exterior of Machine.
0077-3
HYEX01001
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
2
0077

ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
INTERVAL
Before
Left and Right Track

Chain and Rollers
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
Check for loose or missing track
shoe (Figure 2, Item 2) and track
bolts.
Loose or missing track shoe.

One or more
bolts missing
from track shoe.
3
1
HYEX01001
Figure 2. Exterior of Machine Continued.
Before
Coolant Surge Tank
Check for oil leakage from carrier

roller (Figure 2, Item 3) or support
rollers (Figure 2, Item 4).
Oil leaking from

carrier roller or
support roller.
Check that coolant is at the MIN

COLD line (Figure 3, Item 5) on the
surge tank (Figure 3, Item 6).
Coolant level
below MIN
COLD level.
0077-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
6
Figure 3.
HYEX01002
Coolant Level.
If coolant is low, remove surge tank
cap (Figure 3, Item 7) and fill as
required.
Before
Engine Oil Level
Check that the surge tank (Figure 3,

Item 6) is not damaged.
Surge tank has

a Class III leak.
Check that surge tank cap (Figure

3, Item 7) is present and is not
broken or cracked.
Cap is missing
or is unserviceable.
Check oil level on the dipstick

(Figure 4, Item 8) and ensure that it
is between the ADD and FULL
marks.
Engine oil level

below the ADD
mark or engine
oil is overfull.
0077-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
8
9
HYEX01003
Figure 4.
Engine Oil.
If engine oil is low, remove cap
(Figure 4, Item 9) and add oil as
required (LO 5-3805-294-13).
(WP 0094)
Before
Engine Compartment
Check engine compartment for

obvious damage or leaks in hoses
or lines.
Any damage
that would impair safe operation of the machine.
Before
Exhaust Components
Check exhaust components for

leaks, loose parts, dents, or
damage.
Loose, leaking,
or damaged
components.
0077-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
HYEX03409
Exhaust Components.
Figure 5.
7
Before
Hydraulic Reservoir Cap
11
Press button (Figure 6, Item 10) on

hydraulic reservoir cap (Figure 6,
Item 11) to ensure that it is
operational and that cap is not
broken.
Hydraulic reservoir cap is broken, missing, or

button cannot
be pressed.
10
HYEX01004
Figure 6.
8
Before
Fuel Tank
Hydraulic Reservoir Cap.

Check fuel tank (Figure 7, Item 12)
for evidence of leaks.
0077-7
Any signs of
leaks from fuel
tank.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
14
13
12
HYEX01005
Figure 7.
Fuel Tank and Fuel Level.

Ensure fuel tank is full.
To fill fuel tank:
Remove fuel cap (Figure
7, Item 13).
Fill fuel tank (Figure 7,
Item 12) until band (Figure
7, Item 14) is visible.
Install fuel cap (Figure 7,
Item 13).
Before
Fuel Filters
Check primary fuel filter (Figure 8,

Item 15), fuel/water separator
(Figure 8, Item 16), and fuel lubricity
filter (Figure 8, Item 17) for
evidence of leaks.
0077-8
Any fuel leak.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
16
15
18
17
HYEX01006
Figure 8.
Fuel Filters.
10
Before
Hydraulic Oil Filter
Check hydraulic oil filter (Figure 8,

Item 18) for evidence of leaks.
Any Class III

leak.
11
Before
Hydraulic Pump
Compartment
Check hydraulic pump

compartment for obvious damage
or leaks in lines or hoses.
Any damage
that would impair safe operation of machine.
12
Before
Engine Oil Filter
Check engine oil filter (Figure 9,

Item 19) for evidence of leaks.
Any Class III

leak.
19
HYEX01007
Figure 9.
Engine Oil Filter.
0077-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
13
INTERVAL
Before
0077
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
Boom, Arm, Quick Latch,
Hydraulic Thumb
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
Check boom (Figure 10, Item 20),
arm (Figure 10, Item 21), quick
latch (Figure 10, Item 22), and
hydraulic thumb (Figure 10, Item
23) for damage that would impair
operation.
24
Damage that
impairs proper
operation.
27
20
25
26
23
21
24
26
24
22
24
HYEX01008
Figure 10. Boom, Arm, Quick Latch, and Hydraulic Thumb.

Check cylinders (Figure 10, Item
24) for leaks.
Any Class III

leak.
Check hydraulic lines (Figure 10,

Item 25) and hoses (Figure 10, Item
26) for leaks.
Any Class III

leak.
Check for presence of hydraulic

thumb pin (Figure 10, Item 27).
14
Before
NOTE
Bucket
Only check bucket or attachment to be used for current

mission.
Check bucket (Figure 11, Item 28)
for cracks and missing teeth.
0077-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Replace teeth as required.

(WP 0085)
28
HYEX01009
Figure 11.
15
Before
Primary and Secondary

Air Cleaner Housing
Bucket and Teeth.

Check bucket for loose, broken, or
missing hardware or mounting
bracket damage.
Loose, broken,
or missing hardware or mounting bracket is
cracked.
Inspect and clean primary and

secondary air cleaner housing
(Figure 12, Item 29) for damage or
missing parts. (WP 0087)
Primary and
secondary air
cleaner housing
cracked or cover missing.
0077-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
29
30
33
32
31
HYEX01395
Figure 12.
Air Cleaner Housing and Hose Reel.

Squeeze ejector (Figure 12, Item
30) to remove dust.
16
Before
Hose Reel, Hoses, Deep

Dig Control Switch, and
Hand Held Hydraulic
Switch
Check deep dig control pattern

switch (Figure 12, Item 31) to
ensure it is in the OFF position. If
deep dig arm is installed, ensure
that deep dig control pattern switch
(Figure 12, Item 31) is in the ON
position.
Any lines are

cracked, frayed,
or broken.
Check hydraulic hand held tool

circuit switch (Figure 12, Item 32) to
ensure it is in the OFF position.
Check hydraulic hose reel and
hoses (Figure 12, Item 33) for
damage and leaks.
0077-12
Any class III

leak.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
17
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
Before
Batteries
WARNING
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
LEAD-ACID BATTERIES
Remove four wing nuts (Figure 13,
Item 34), washers (Figure 13, Item
35), and two covers (Figure 13,
Item 36) from batteries (Figure 13,
Item 37).
Check batteries (Figure 13, Item
37) for leaks or cracks.
Batteries show
signs of leaking
or have cracks.
40
41
36
34, 35
37
38
Figure 13.
39
HYEX01011
Batteries.
Check battery cables (Figure 13,

Item 38) for looseness.
Install two covers (Figure 13, Item
36) to batteries (Figure 13, Item 37)
with four wing nuts (Figure 13, Item
0077-13
Battery cables
are loose.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
34) and washers (Figure 13, Item

35).
18
Before
Cooling Package
Check cooling package (Figure 13,

Item 39) for leaks and damage.
Any Class III

coolant leak.
19
Before
Fuel Cooler
Check fuel cooler (Figure 14, Item

40) and fuel lines for leaks.
Any fuel leak.
40
41
36
34, 35
37
Figure 14.
38
39
HYEX01011
Batteries Continued.
Check windshield washer reservoir
(Figure 14, Item 41) for fluid and
damage. Fill as required.
20
Before
Cab Glass
Check cooling compartment for

obvious damage or leaks.
Any damage
Any fuel leak or
class III fluid
leaks.
Check cab glass (Figure 15, Item

42) for cracks or chips.
Any broken
glass that impairs the operators vision. Any
glass missing.
0077-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
42
42
42
42
HYEX01012
Figure 15.
21
Before
Mirrors, Wiper, and

Operator Protection
Guard
Cab Glass.
Check that mirrors (Figure 16, Item

43) are present and serviceable.
43
43
45
44
HYEX01396
Figure 16.
Mirrors and Wiper Arm.

Check that operator protection
guard (Figure 16, Item 44) is
present and serviceable.
0077-15
Operator protection guard

missing.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
Check that wiper arm and blade
(Figure 16, Item 45) are
serviceable.
22
Before
Door, Door Hinges, and

Latches
Check that hinges (Figure 17, Item

46) allow door (Figure 17, Item 47)
to swing freely.
46
Door is difficult
to open or close.
47
48
48
46
HYEX03430
Figure 17.
23
Before
Fire Extinguisher
Cab Door, Hinges, and Latches.

Check that door (Figure 17, Item
47) and latches (Figure 17, Item 48)
lock and release in open and closed
positions.
Door fails to
latch or latches
fail to release.
Check that fire extinguisher (Figure

18, Item 49) is present and is fully
charged.
Fire extinguisher is missing,

has been discharged, or has
an expired date
of service.
0077-16
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
49
HYEX01013
Figure 18.
24
Before
Cab Pedals and Levers
Fire Extinguisher.
Check that left and right travel pedal
and lever (Figure 19, Item 50) move
freely through their full range of
travel.
0077-17
Left or right travel pedal or lever

are binding or
do not move
freely through
full range of
travel.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
50
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
50
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
50
50
51
52
HYEX01399
Figure 19.
25
Before
Pilot Control Levers
Pedals and Levers.

Check that attachment pedal
(Figure 19, Item 51) moves freely
through range of travel and
attachment pedal lock (Figure 19,
Item 52) is operational.
Attachment
pedal does not
move freely or
attachment
pedal lock does
not operate.
Check left (Figure 20, Item 53) and

right (Figure 20, Item 54) pilot
control levers to ensure that they
move freely through full range of
motion.
Left or right pilot

control lever
binds or will not
move through
full range of motion.
0077-18
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
54
53
HYEX01397
Figure 20.
Pilot Control Levers.
26
Before
Horn
Press horn button to ensure horn

sounds.
Horn does not

sound.
27
Before
Seat Belt
Check that seat belt (Figure 21,

Item 55) is not frayed and fastens
together.
Seat belt is
frayed or will not
fasten together.
0077-19
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
55
HYEX01398
Figure 21.
28
Before
Monitor
Seat Belt.
Turn ignition switch (Figure 22, Item

56) to ON position.
56
HYEX01014
Figure 22.
Ignition Switch.
0077-20
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
NOTE
If default screen is not displayed after start up screen,
wait 10 seconds to ensure
default screen will be displayed.
Check that monitor (Figure 23, Item
57) comes on, then goes to default
screen.
Monitor does
not come on.
Monitor does
not go to default
screen.
57
System Starting...
1
F1
F2
F3
F4
HYEX01015
Figure 23.
Monitor.
29
Before
Starter
Engine does not

start or starter
makes unusual
noises.
30
Before
Lights
Check that all lights operate.
Lights do not
operate.
31
Before
Wipers and Washer Fluid
Check that wipers and washer

pump works and has fluid.
Wipers do not
operate.
32
Before
Hydraulic Oil Level
To check hydraulic oil level:

Fully extend arm (Figure
24, Item 58).
Sight glass has

class III leak.
0077-21
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Curl bucket (Figure 24,

Item 59).
Lower boom (Figure 24,
Item 60) until bucket is
resting on the ground.
60
58
59
Figure 24.
HYEX01016
Position Boom and Arm.
61
HYEX01017
Figure 25. Hydraulic Oil Level Check.

To fill hydraulic reservoir:
Open right door and
ensure that hydraulic oil is
between marks on sight
glass (Figure 25, Item 61).
Fill as required.
Shut down engine.
(WP 0009)
Service hydraulic
reservoir. (WP 0088)
0077-22
Reservoir is
empty.
Sight glass is
broken or damaged.
Any Class III
leaks.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
33
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
Before
Breaker
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
NOTE
Only perform PMCS on attachments that are required
for current mission.
Check breaker (Figure 26, Item 62)
for loose, broken, or missing
hardware or mounting bracket
damage.
Loose, broken,
cracked.
63
HYEX01018
62
Figure 26.
34
Before
Compactor
Breaker.
Check breaker hydraulic hoses

(Figure 26, Item 63) for leaks and
breaker for problems that would
impair operation.
Any class III

leak.
Check compactor (Figure 27, Item

64) for loose, broken, or missing
damage.
Loose, broken,
cracked.
0077-23
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
65
64
HYEX01019
Figure 27.
35
Before
Crush-All
Compactor.
Check compactor hydraulic hoses

(Figure 27, Item 65) for leaks and
compactor for problems that would
impair operation.
Any class III

leak.
Check crush-all (Figure 28, Item

66) for loose, broken, or missing
damage.
Loose, broken,
cracked.
0077-24
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
66
Figure 28.
67
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
HYEX01020
Crush-All.
Check hydraulic hoses (Figure 28,

Item 67) for leaks and crush-all for
problems that would impair
operation.
36
Before
Lubricate
Lubricate crush-all daily before

each use (LO 5-3805-294-13).
(WP 0094)
37
Before
Barrier Grapple
Check barrier grapple (Figure 29,

Item 68) for loose, broken, or
missing hardware or mounting
bracket damage.
0077-25
Any class III

leak.
Loose, broken,
cracked.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
69
68
HYEX02987
Figure 29.
Barrier Grapple.
Check barrier grapple for missing or
damaged pads.
Barrier grapple
pad missing or
damaged.
Check that barrier grapple lifting

device (Figure 29, Item 69) does
not have broken strands.
Barrier grapple
cable is kinked
or three or more
strands are broken.
38
Before
Barrier Grapple Actuator
Lubricate actuator before use with

penetrating oil.
39
Before
Deep Dig Arm
Check deep dig arm (Figure 30,

Item 70) for loose, broken, or
missing hardware or damage.
0077-26
Any loose, broken, or missing

hardware or
damage.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
72
71
70
HYEX01306
Figure 30.
40
Before
Deep Dig Bucket
Deep Dig Arm and Bucket.

Check deep dig arm hydraulic
hoses (Figure 30, Item 71) for
leaks, damage, or fraying.
Any class III

leak.
Check deep dig ditch cleaning

bucket (Figure 30, Item 72) for
loose, broken, or missing hardware
or mounting bracket damage.
Loose, broken,
cracked.

for cracks and missing teeth.
Replace teeth as required.
(WP 0085)
0077-27
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
73
Before
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
HYEX01307
Figure 31.
41
0077
Ditch Cleaning Bucket
Deep Dig Bucket.

damage.
Loose, broken,
cracked.

damage.
Loose, broken,
cracked.
0077-28
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
74
HYEX01308
Figure 32.
Ditch Cleaning Bucket.
42
During
Monitor
Check monitor during operation for

any alarm. If alarm sounds or is
displayed on monitor, perform
corrective procedures as needed or
shut down engine. (WP 0009)
Any alarm
sounds or is displayed on monitor.
43
During
Engine speed Dial
Turn engine speed dial and ensure

engine speed increases.
Engine speed
dial does not operate.
44
During
Right-Hand Console
Switches
Operate right-hand console

switches.
Switches do not
operate.
45
During
Hydraulic Cylinders
Check that all hydraulic cylinders

operate smoothly and through full
range of travel.
Hydraulic cylinders do not operate normally

or have class III
leak.
46
During
Travel Motor, Steering,

and Brakes
Travel machine forward a short

distance and ensure that:
Machine travels in a
straight line.
Steers left and right.
Track chain does not
make any unusual or
popping noises.
If machine
doesn't travel in
a straight line.
Machine does
not steer left or
right.
Track chain
makes unusual
0077-29
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
When travel levers or
pedals are released
machine stops.
Travel levers and pedals
return to center when
released.
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
or popping
noises.
Machine does
not stop when
travel levers or
pedals are released.
Travel levers or
pedals do not
return to center
when released.
47
During
Travel Alarm
Ensure travel alarm operates when

machine is moved.
Travel alarm
does not operate.
48
During
Swing Motor and Swing

Brake
Swing upperstructure left or right

approximately 90 degrees then
release pilot control levers and
ensure upperstructure stops.
Upperstructure
does not stop or
drifts.
49
During
Air Conditioner/Heater
Ensure air conditioner/heater

blower motor operates.
Blower motor
does not operate when turned
on.
50
During
Breaker
CAUTION
Breaker must be lubricated
every 2 hours of use and every hour during dusty conditions. Failure to comply may
result in damage to the attachment.
During extreme dusty conditions,
lubricate breaker after every hour of
use LO 5-3805-294-13.
(WP 0094)
51
After
Hydraulic Oil Level
To check hydraulic oil level:

Fully extend arm (Figure
33, Item 58).
Curl bucket (Figure 33,
Item 59).
Lower boom (Figure 33,
Item 60) until bucket is
resting on the ground.
Open right door and
ensure that hydraulic oil is
0077-30
Sight glass has

class III leak.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
between marks on sight

glass (Figure 34, Item 61).
Fill as required.
60
58
59
Figure 33.
HYEX01016
Position Boom and Arm.
61
HYEX01017
Figure 34.
Hydraulic Oil Level Check.

To fill hydraulic reservoir:
Shut down engine.
(WP 0009)
Service hydraulic
reservoir. (WP 0088)
Safely park and shut down
engine. (WP 0009)
52
After
Fuel Tank and Strainer
Check fuel tank and strainer (Figure

35, Item 12) for evidence of leaks or
damage.
0077-31
Any signs of
leaks or damage to fuel tank
or strainer, or
strainer is missing.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
14
13
12
HYEX01005
Figure 35. Fuel Tank and Fuel Level Check.

Ensure fuel tank is full.
To fill fuel tank:
Remove fuel cap (Figure
35, Item 13).
Fill fuel tank (Figure 35,
Item 12) until band (Figure
35, Item 14) is visible.
Install fuel cap (Figure 35,
Item 13).
53
After
CAUTION
Engine Oil Level

Check oil level on the dipstick
(Figure 36, Item 8) and ensure that
it is between the ADD and FULL
marks.
0077-32
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
8
9
HYEX01003
Figure 36.
Engine Oil Check.

If engine oil is low, remove cap
(Figure 36, Item 9) and add oil as
required.
54
After
Engine Compartment,
Belts, and Hoses
Check engine compartment for

obvious damage or leaks in hoses
or lines. Check belts for cuts or
frays.
HYEX03410
Figure 37.
Engine Compartment.
0077-33
Any damage
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
55
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
After
Exterior of Machine
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
Perform walk-around inspection of
the machine exterior. Check on
ground under machine (Figure 38,
Item 1) for evidence of fluid leakage
such as oil, coolant, or fuel.
Class III oil or

coolant leaks.
Any fuel leakage is evident.
Check machine (Figure 38, Item 1)

for obvious damage that would
impair operation.
Damage that
would impair
operation is evident.
2
Figure 38.
HYEX01400
Exterior of Machine Check.

Check left and right track chains
(Figure 38, Item 2) for missing
shoes and mounting hardware.
56
Monthly
CAUTION
Swing Gearbox Oil

0077-34
Any missing
track shoes or
mounting hardware.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
Check that swing gearbox oil is
between marks on dipstick (Figure
39, Item 75).
76
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Oil level is not
on dipstick.
75
HYEX01410
Figure 39.
Swing Gearbox Oil Level Check.

To add oil:
Remove cap (Figure 39,
Item 76).
Add oil until it is between
the marks on the dipstick
Install cap (Figure 39,
Item 76).
57
Monthly
Hydraulic Pump Gearbox

Oil
Check hydraulic pump gearbox oil

level on dipstick (Figure 40, Item
77).
0077-35
Oil level is below the "L"

mark.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
78
77
HYEX01409
Figure 40.
Hydraulic Pump Oil Level Check.

To add oil:
Remove cap (Figure 40,
Item 78).
Add oil until it reaches the
"H" mark on the dipstick
Install cap (Figure 40,
Item 78).
58
Monthly
Primary and Final Fuel

Filter/Water Separators
Service primary and final fuel filter/

water separators. (WP 0086)
59
Monthly
Fuel Tank
Drain sediment from fuel tank.

(WP 0091)
60
Monthly
Coolant Heater
Run coolant heater (WP 0034) for

5 minutes to keep water pump from
seizing.
0077-36
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
PROCEDURE
61
Monthly
Primary and Secondary

Air Cleaner
Service primary and secondary air

cleaner. (WP 0087)
62
Monthly
Serpentine Belt
Check serpentine belt (Figure 41,

Item 79) for cracks, cuts and frays.
Serpentine belt
is cut, broken, or
frayed.
79
HYEX01401
Figure 41.
63
Monthly
Air Conditioner Belt
Serpentine Belt Check.

Check air conditioner belt (Figure
42, Item 80) for cracks and cuts.
0077-37
Air conditioner
belt is cut or broken.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
80
HYEX01402
Figure 42.
64
Monthly
Fan
Air Conditioner Belt Check.

Check fan (Figure 43, Item 81) for
damage, debris, and hydraulic
leaks.
0077-38
Any damage
that would impair safe operation of machine.
Any debris that
would block air
flow through radiator.
Any class III hydraulic leak.
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
ITEM
NO.
0077
INTERVAL
ITEM TO BE CHECKED
OR SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
81
HYEX01403
Figure 43.
Fan Check.
65
Monthly
Track Sag
Check track sag. (WP 0080)
66
Monthly
Fresh Air Filter
Service fresh air filter. (WP 0089)
67
Monthly
Air Conditioner/Heater
Filter Service
Service air conditioner/heater

filter. (WP 0090)
68
Monthly
Lubrication
Perform 100 lubrication in

accordance with, LO
5-3805-294-13. (WP 0094)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0077-39/40 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
CHAPTER 5
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
NSN 3805-01-573-0677
TM 5-3805-294-10
0078
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
NOTE
Instructions in this section provide general procedures to be followed for maintenance
authorized at the operator level. Specific instructions are found in the operator maintenance
section of this manual.
This section covers general maintenance instructions for the machine. Read all CAUTIONS and WARNINGS that
apply to all maintenance instructions.
Follow these maintenance practices when working on the machine.
Prior to starting any inspection or maintenance procedure, ensure that machine is safely parked and shut down.
INSPECTION
Electrical Parts. Inspect wiring harnesses for cracked, broken, chafed, bare, and burned insulation, or bare wires.
Inspect all terminal connectors for loose connections and broken parts. Inspect connectors for corrosion or signs of
sparking. This is an indication of a malfunction within the terminal. Notify Field Level maintenance of any part found
to be defective.
Tubing and Hosing. Check all hose surfaces for wear, damage, broken, or frayed coverings, and leaks. Check for
breaks and wet or worn spots caused by kinking or rubbing against other parts of the machine. Wet spots show
leaks, but a stain around a fitting or connector may also indicate a leak. If a connector or fitting is loose, broken, or
worn out, notify Field Level maintenance.
Metal Parts. Check bolts, nuts, and screws for obvious looseness. Also check for missing, bent, or broken pieces.
They cannot all be checked with a tool, but look for chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads. Look for
loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. If a bad weld is found, have it repaired. Visually
inspect all castings and weldments for cracks.
0078-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0078
CLEANING
WARNING
Never use fuel to clean parts. Fuel is highly flammable. Failure to comply may result in injury
Rubber Parts. Do not clean rubber parts in solvent cleaning compound. Wipe parts clean with a dry, cleaning
cloth.
Machine Exterior. Steam clean all exterior parts thoroughly. If pressurized water is not available, wash
painted surfaces of machine with solution of 1/4 cup of soap chips, to 1 gallon (4 L) of water.
Electrical Parts. Electrical parts such as coils, junction blocks, switches, and electrical parts that contain
insulation materials should not be soaked or sprayed with cleaning solutions. Clean these parts with a
cleaning cloth moistened with cleaning compound. Clean rubber parts with hot, soapy water and soft cloths.
Do not clean with solvents.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0078-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0079
TAKING ENGINE OIL SAMPLE
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Bottle, Oil Sample (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 3)
Equipment Condition
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
Personnel Required
References
DA FORM 5988-E or DA FORM 2404 (WP 0094)
SAMPLING ENGINE
1.
Clean dirt from around cap (Figure 1, Item 1).
1
3
HYEX00909
Figure 1.
Engine Oil Sampling Valve.
2.
Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from sampling valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Turn valve (Figure 1, Item 3) and fill sampling bottle until it is at least 3/4 full.
4.
Release valve (Figure 1, Item 3).
5.
Install cap (Figure 1, Item 1) to sampling valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0079-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0080
TRACK SAG CHECK
INITIAL SETUP:
References (cont.)
WP 0007
WP 0009
WP 0081
WP 0082

Measuring Tape (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 10)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.5 Hour(s)
References
RAISING MACHINE
NOTE
Sag for left and right side tracks is checked the same way.
1.
3
4
1
5
Figure 1.
HYEX00383
Raise Machine.
2.
3.
END OF TASK
0080-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0080
TRACK SAG CHECK

1.
Mark track (Figure 2, Item 5) to measure two full rotations of track in each direction.
Figure 2.
Rotate Track.
2.
Rotate track (Figure 2, Item 5) forward two full rotations and in reverse two full rotations.
3.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 3, Item 6) to locked (up) position.
0080-2
HYEX00491
TM 5-3805-294-10
0080
TRACK SAG CHECK - Continued
6
Figure 3.
HYEX01309
Shut Machine Off.
4.
Turn key switch (Figure 3, Item 7) to OFF position.
5.
Measure for a distance of 11.8-13.2 in. (300-335 mm) between surface of track (Figure 4, Item 5) and bottom
of track frame (Figure 4, Item 8) at middle track roller (Figure 4, Item 9).
0080-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0080
TRACK SAG CHECK - Continued
HYEX00838
Figure 4.
Measure Track Sag.
6.
If track sag is more than 13.2 in. (335 mm), Tighten Track Tension. (WP 0081)
7.
If track sag is less than 11.8 in. (300 mm), Loosen Track Tension. (WP 0082)
8.
If track sag is within limits, go to Lowering Machine task in this work package.
END OF TASK
LOWERING MACHINE
1.
Turn key switch (Figure 5, Item 7) to ON position and start engine.
0080-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0080
LOWERING MACHINE - Continued
HYEX01309
6
Figure 5.
Start Machine.
2.
Move pilot shutoff lever (Figure 5, Item 6) to unlocked (down) position.
3.
Slowly raise boom (Figure 6, Item 3) until track (Figure 6, Item 5) is resting on ground.
3
4
1
5
Figure 6.
Lower Machine.
0080-5
HYEX00383
TM 5-3805-294-10
LOWERING MACHINE - Continued
4.
Raise boom (Figure 6, Item 3), arm (Figure 6, Item 4), and bucket (Figure 6, Item 2) off ground.
5.
6.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0080-6
0080
TM 5-3805-294-10
0081
TIGHTENING TRACK TENSION
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0080

Grease Gun (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 4)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Track sag checked. (WP 0080)
Personnel Required
Horizontal Construction Engineer 12N
Time to Complete
0.1 Hour(s)
TIGHTENING TRACK
1.
Add a small amount of grease to grease fitting (Figure 1, Item 1).
1
Figure 1.
2.
Tighten Track.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0081-1/2 blank
HYEX00384
TM 5-3805-294-10
0082
LOOSENING TRACK TENSION
INITIAL SETUP:
Wrench, Open End, 24 mm
References
WP 0007
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Track sag checked. (WP 0080)
Personnel Required
Horizontal Construction Engineer 12N
Time to Complete
0.1 Hour(s)
LOOSENING TRACK TENSION

1.
Loosen nut (Figure 1, Item 1) and allow a small amount of grease to escape.
HYEX00385
Figure 1.
2.
Tighten nut (Figure 1, Item 1).
3.
Loosen Track.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0082-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0083
TAKING HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLE
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Bottle, Oil Sample (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 3)
Equipment Condition
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
Personnel Required
References
SAMPLING HYDRAULIC OIL

1.
Clean dirt from around cap (Figure 1, Item 1).

3
HYEX00908
Figure 1.
Hydraulic Oil Sampling Valve.
2.
Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from sampling valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Turn valve (Figure 1, Item 3) and fill sampling bottle until it is at least 3/4 full.
4.
Release valve (Figure 1, Item 3).
5.
Install cap (Figure 1, Item 1) to sampling valve (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0083-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
CAB FUSE REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
References
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
REMOVAL
NOTE
All fuses from both main and auxiliary fuse boxes are removed the same way. Main fuse
box shown.
Spare fuses are located in the fuse box. After using a spare fuse, notify Field maintenance
to get a replacement fuse.
1.
Remove fuse box access cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from cab rear tray (Figure 1, Item 2).
0084-1
0084
TM 5-3805-294-10
0084
REMOVAL - Continued
2
1
HYEX00089
Figure 1.
2.
Fuse Box Access Cover Removal.
Remove main fuse box cover (Figure 2, Item 3) from main fuse box (Figure 2, Item 4).
0084-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0084
REMOVAL - Continued
3
4
HYEX00097
Figure 2.
Main Fuse Box Cover Removal.
3.
Locate fuse in question using key found on fuse box cover (Figure 2, Item 3).
4.
Remove fuse (Figure 3, Item 5) from main fuse box (Figure 3, Item 4).
0084-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0084
REMOVAL - Continued
HYEX00098
Figure 3.
Fuse Removal.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Use only a fuse having the same amperage as noted on fuse box cover. Using a fuse with
higher amperage than specified could cause damage to the electrical system. Failure to
NOTE
All fuses from both main and auxiliary fuse boxes are installed the same way. Main fuse box
shown.
1.
Install fuse (Figure 4, Item 5) to main fuse box (Figure 4, Item 4).
0084-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0084
INSTALLATION - Continued
HYEX00098
Figure 4.
2.
Fuse Installation.
Install main fuse box cover (Figure 5, Item 3) to main fuse box (Figure 5, Item 4).
0084-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0084
3
4
HYEX00097
Figure 5.
3.
Main Fuse Box Cover Installation.
Install fuse box access cover (Figure 6, Item 1) to cab rear tray (Figure 6, Item 2).
0084-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0084
2
1
HYEX00089
Figure 6.
Fuse Box Access Cover Installation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0084-7/8 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0085
BUCKET TEETH REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Hammer, Hand, 3 lb (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 5)
Punch, Pin (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 9)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
References
HEAVY DUTY BUCKET TOOTH REMOVAL

1.
Using hammer and pin punch, drive out pin (Figure 1, Item 1) from tooth (Figure 1, Item 2) and shank (Figure
1, Item 3).
1
Figure 1.
2.
2
Tooth Removal.
Remove tooth (Figure 1, Item 2) from shank (Figure 1, Item 3).
END OF TASK
0085-1
HYEX01282
TM 5-3805-294-10
0085
HEAVY DUTY BUCKET TOOTH INSTALLATION

1.
Position tooth (Figure 2, Item 2) on shank (Figure 2, Item 3).
1
Figure 2.
2.
HYEX01282
Tooth Installation.
Using hammer, drive pin (Figure 2, Item 1) to tooth (Figure 2, Item 2) and shank (Figure 2, Item 3) until seated.
END OF TASK
DEEP DIG BUCKET TOOTH REMOVAL
1.
Using hammer and pin punch, drive out pin (Figure 3, Item 4) from tooth (Figure 3, Item 5) and shank (Figure
3, Item 6).
4
5
6
HYEX01281
Figure 3. Bucket Tooth Removal.
0085-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0085
DEEP DIG BUCKET TOOTH REMOVAL - Continued

2.
Remove tooth (Figure 3, Item 5) from shank (Figure 3, Item 6).
END OF TASK
DEEP DIG BUCKET TOOTH INSTALLATION
1.
Position tooth (Figure 4, Item 5) on shank (Figure 4, Item 6).
4
5
6
HYEX01281
Figure 4.
2.
Bucket Tooth Installation.
Using hammer, drive pin (Figure 4, Item 4) to tooth (Figure 4, Item 5) and shank (Figure 4, Item 6) until seated.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0085-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0086
PRIMARY AND FINAL FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATORS SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Pan, Drain
Equipment Condition
Machine safely parked and shut down (WP 0009)
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.1 Hour(s)
DRAIN FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATORS
WARNING
DIESEL FUEL
1.
Disconnect wiring harness connector D01 (Figure 1, Item 1) from water in fuel (WIF) sensor (Figure 1, Item
2).
5
HYEX00103
Figure 1.
Drain Fuel Filter/Water Separators.
0086-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0086
DRAIN FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATORS - Continued
NOTE
Place drain pan under fuel/water separators prior to draining.
2.
Loosen, but do not remove WIF sensor (Figure 2, Item 2), and drain water/sediment from primary fuel filter/
water separator (Figure 2, Item 3) for approximately 30 seconds.
5
HYEX00103
Figure 2. Drain Fuel Filter/Water Separators Continued.

3.
Tighten WIF sensor (Figure 2, Item 2).
4.
Connect wiring harness connector D01 (Figure 2, Item 1) to WIF sensor (Figure 2, Item 2).
5.
Loosen, but do not remove valve (Figure 2, Item 4), and drain water/sediment from final fuel filter/water
separator (Figure 2, Item 5) for approximately 30 seconds.
6.
Tighten valve (Figure 2, Item 4).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0086-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0087
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AIR CLEANER SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Rag, Wiping (WP 0097, Table 1, Item 15)
Equipment Condition
Engine off. (WP 0009)
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.4 Hour(s)
REMOVAL
1.
Lift lever (Figure 1, Item 1) and rotate cover (Figure 1, Item 2) counterclockwise.
2
HYEX00073
Figure 1.
Cover Removal.
2.
Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 2) from air cleaner housing (Figure 1, Item 3).
3.
Remove primary air cleaner (Figure 2, Item 4) from air cleaner housing (Figure 2, Item 3).
0087-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0087
REMOVAL - Continued
HYEX00074
Figure 2. Primary Air Cleaner Removal.

4.
Remove secondary air cleaner (Figure 3, Item 5) from air cleaner housing (Figure 3, Item 3).
HYEX00075
Figure 3.
Secondary Air Cleaner Removal.
END OF TASK
0087-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0087
SERVICING AIR CLEANERS
WARNING
Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. Ensure air stream is directed away from
user and any personnel in the area. Use a maximum of 30 psi (2.0 bar) when compressed
air is used to clean parts. Always wear safety glasses when using compressed air. Failure to
NOTE
Contact field level maintenance for an air hose and air nozzle to service the air cleaner.
Secondary air cleaner does not require servicing, only replacement.
1.
Lightly tap primary air cleaner (Figure 4, Item 4) to remove major amount of dirt from primary air cleaner.
HYEX00076
Figure 4.
Primary Air Cleaner Service.
2.
Start from inside, top of primary air cleaner (Figure 4, Item 4), blow remainder of debris out of primary air
cleaner.
3.
Work around and inward of primary air cleaner (Figure 4, Item 4) until primary air cleaner has been completely
blown out.
4.
Wipe out air cleaner housing (Figure 5, Item 3) with a clean rag.
0087-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0087
SERVICING AIR CLEANERS - Continued

3
HYEX00077
Figure 5. Air Cleaner Housing Service.

5.
Wipe inside of cover (Figure 6, Item 2) with a clean rag and squeeze dust boot (Figure 6, Item 6) to remove
dust.
2
HYEX00078
Figure 6.
Cover and Dust Boot Service.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Dust valve will be at the 6 O'clock position when air cleaner cover is installed.
1.
Install secondary air cleaner (Figure 7, Item 5) to air cleaner housing (Figure 7, Item 3).
0087-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0087
3
HYEX00084
Figure 7.
2.
Secondary Air Cleaner Installation.
Install primary air cleaner (Figure 8, Item 4) to air cleaner housing (Figure 8, Item 3).
HYEX00074
Figure 8.
3.
Primary Air Cleaner Installation.
Position cover (Figure 9, Item 2) on air cleaner housing (Figure 9, Item 3).
0087-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
0087
3
1
HYEX00083
Figure 9.
4.
Cover Installation.
Rotate cover (Figure 9, Item 2) clockwise until lever (Figure 9, Item 1) locks.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0087-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0088
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Wrench, Allen 5 mm (0.196 in.)
References
LO 5-3805-294-13 (WP 0094)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Materials/Parts
Lubricating Oil, Engine
Time to Complete
0.4 Hour(s)
Personnel Required
FILLING HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
WARNING
Hydraulic system operates at high pressures and temperatures. Always allow hydraulic oil to
cool and relieve pressure in hydraulic reservoir before working on hydraulic system. Wear
eye protection and gloves to prevent injury. Open lines and hoses slowly and wait for any
residual pressure to relieve before continuing to open lines and hoses. Failure to comply may
1.
Press button (Figure 1, Item 1) to relieve pressure from hydraulic reservoir (Figure 1, Item 2).
1
2
HYEX00085
Figure 1. Hydraulic Reservoir Cover Removal.

2.
Remove four screws (Figure 1, Item 3) and hydraulic reservoir cover (Figure 1, Item 4) from hydraulic reservoir
(Figure 1, Item 2).
0088-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0088
FILLING HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR - Continued
WARNING
LUBRICATING OIL
3.
Fill hydraulic reservoir (Figure 2, Item 2) until oil is between marks (Figure 2, Item 5) on sight glass (Figure 2,
Item 6). LO 5-3805-294-13 (WP 0094)
5
2
6
HYEX00086
Figure 2. Hydraulic Reservoir Sight Glass.

4.
Ensure O-ring (Figure 3, Item 7) is present and is not damaged. If O-ring is missing or damaged, notify field
maintenance.
0088-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0088
FILLING HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR - Continued

4
3
HYEX00087
Figure 3. Hydraulic Reservoir Cover Installation.

5.
Install hydraulic reservoir cover (Figure 3, Item 4) to hydraulic reservoir (Figure 3, Item 2) with four screws
(Figure 3, Item 3).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0088-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0089
FRESH AIR FILTER SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
(WP 0009)
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
References
TM 5-3805-295-13&P (WP 0094)
REMOVAL
NOTE
After the fresh air filter has been serviced three times, it must be replaced by Field
Maintenance.
1.
Move two tabs (Figure 1, Item 1) inward and remove filter (Figure 1, Item 2) from housing (Figure 1, Item 3).
Figure 1.
2.
Filter Removal.
Inspect seal (Figure 2, Item 4) on filter (Figure 2, Item 2).
0089-1
HYEX00168
TM 5-3805-294-10
0089
REMOVAL - Continued
Figure 2.
3.
HYEX00169
Inspect Seal.
If seal (Figure 2, Item 4) is damaged, contact field maintenance.
END OF TASK
SERVICE
WARNING
NOTE
Contact field level maintenance for an air hose and air nozzle to service the air filter.
If HYEX is equipped with a Supplemental Armor Set, refer to and use procedure found
in TM 5-3805-295-13&P.
1.
Lightly tap filter (Figure 3, Item 2) with hand.
0089-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0089
SERVICE - Continued
HYEX00170
Figure 3.
Clean Filter.
CAUTION
Always blow compressed air from the inside to the outside of the air cleaner when servicing.
Blowing compressed air from the outside to the inside could damage the air cleaner. Failure
2.
Blow remainder of debris from filter (Figure 3, Item 2).
3.
Wipe inside of housing (Figure 4, Item 3) with clean rag.
HYEX00171
Figure 4.
Clean Housing.
END OF TASK
0089-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0089
INSTALLATION
1.
Install filter (Figure 5, Item 2) to housing (Figure 5, Item 3).
Figure 5.
2.
Filter Installation.
Ensure tabs (Figure 5, Item 1) lock.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0089-4
HYEX00168
TM 5-3805-294-10
0090
AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER FILTER SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0009)
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
REMOVAL
NOTE
After air conditioner/heater has been serviced three times it must be replaced by Field
Maintenance.
1.
Move tab (Figure 1, Item 1) inward and remove filter (Figure 1, Item 2) from housing (Figure 1, Item 3).
Figure 1.
2.
HYEX00187
Filter Removal.
Check tab (Figure 1, Item 1) on filter (Figure 1, Item 2) and replace filter if tab broken.
END OF TASK
SERVICE
NOTE
Contact Field level maintenance for an air hose and air nozzle to service the air cleaner.
1.
Lightly tap filter (Figure 2, Item 2) with hand.
0090-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0090
SERVICE - Continued
HYEX00188
2
Figure 2.
Clean Filter.
WARNING
CAUTION
Always blow compressed air from the inside to the outside of the air cleaner when servicing.
Blowing compressed air from the outside to the inside could damage the air cleaner. Failure
2.
Blow remainder of debris from filter (Figure 2, Item 2).
3.
Wipe inside of housing (Figure 3, Item 3) with clean rag.
0090-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0090
SERVICE - Continued
HYEX00190
Figure 3.
Clean Housing.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1.
Install filter (Figure 4, Item 2) to housing (Figure 4, Item 3).
Figure 4.
2.
Filter Installation.
Ensure tab (Figure 4, Item 1) locks.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0090-3/4 blank
HYEX00187
TM 5-3805-294-10
0091
DRAINING WATER AND SEDIMENT FROM FUEL TANK
INITIAL SETUP:
Pan, Drain
Equipment Condition
Machine safely parked and shut down
(WP 0009)
Materials/Parts
Time to Complete
0.2 Hour(s)
Personnel Required
References
DRAINING WATER AND SEDIMENT
NOTE
Contact Field Maintenance for drain pan.
1.
Remove fuel tank fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1).
1
HYEX01298
Figure 1.
2.
Remove Fuel Cap.
Position drain pan under drain hose (Figure 2, Item 2).
0091-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0091
DRAINING WATER AND SEDIMENT - Continued
HYEX00914
Figure 2.
3.
Drain Hose.
Open drain valve (Figure 3, Item 3) and drain water and sediment until a clear stream of fuel comes out.
0091-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0091
HYEX00915
Figure 3.
4.
Close drain valve (Figure 3, Item 3).
5.
Dispose of waste properly.
6.
Install fuel tank fill cap (Figure 4, Item 1).
Drain Valve.
0091-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0091
1
HYEX01298
Figure 4.
Install Fuel Cap.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0091-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
CRUSH-ALL DISCHARGE MATERIAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Wrench 2-1/4
Wrench 2-1/2 (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 15)
Equipment Condition
Machine safely parked and shut down
(WP 0009)
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.3 Hour(s)
References
DISCHARGE ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Unless otherwise specified, perform all maintenance procedures with all attachments lowered
to the ground, pilot shutoff lever in the up position, and engine shut off. Failure to comply may
NOTE
Ensure curtain is set to desired discharge size before Crush-All operation.
There are no disassembly requirements to perform discharge adjustments. Adjustment
points are on the outside of the machine.
There are two adjustment points for lower curtain. Adjustment procedure is identical for
both points and must be adjusted at same time.
Raise curtain to increase discharge size.
Lower curtain to decrease discharge size.
To reduce dust, increase discharge size.
Repeat steps for opposite side.
1.
Loosen nut (Figure 1, Item 1) on nut (Figure 1, Item 2) and rod (Figure 1, Item 3).
0092-1
0092
TM 5-3805-294-10
0092
DISCHARGE ADJUSTMENT - Continued
3
5
6
7, 8, 9
10
11
2
1
HYEX03092
Figure 1.
Curtain Adjustment.
2.
Loosen nut (Figure 1, Item 2) on rod (Figure 1, Item 3) to release tension from spring (Figure 1, Item 4).
3.
Using wrench provided with crush-all loosen nut (Figure 1, Item 5) on nut (Figure 1, Item 6) and rod (Figure 1,
Item 3).
4.
Remove bolt (Figure 1, Item 7), lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 8), and washer (Figure 1, Item 9) from clamp (Figure
1, Item 10) and plate (Figure 1, Item 11).
5.
Remove clamp (Figure 1, Item 10) from nut (Figure 1, Item 6) and plate (Figure 1, Item 11).
6.
Turn nut (Figure 2, Item 6) to raise or lower curtain (Figure 2, Item 12).
0092-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0092
12
14
13
HYEX03093
Figure 2.
Clearance Check.
CAUTION
Ensure surface of blow bar does not touch curtain. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment.
7.
Turn rotor (Figure 2, Item 13) manually. Verify curtain (Figure 2, Item 12) does not touch rotor (Figure 2, Item
13) or blow bars (Figure 2, Item 14).
8.
Position clamp (Figure 3, Item 10) on nut (Figure 3, Item 6) and plate (Figure 3, Item 11).
0092-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0092
11
7, 8, 9
10
HYEX03094
Figure 3.
Clamp Installation.
9.
Install clamp (Figure 3, Item 10) on plate (Figure 3, Item 11) with bolt (Figure 3, Item 7), lockwasher (Figure 3,
Item 8), and washer (Figure 3, Item 9).
10.
Using wrench provided with crush-all tighten nut (Figure 3, Item 5) against nut (Figure 3, Item 6) on rod (Figure
3, Item 3).
11.
Tighten nut (Figure 4, Item 2) and compress spring (Figure 4, Item 4) to align marks (Figure 4, Item 15) and
0092-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
0092

3
16
15
2
1
HYEX03095
Figure 4.
12.
Spring Compression.
Tighten nut (Figure 4, Item 1) against nut (Figure 4, Item 2) on rod (Figure 4, Item 3).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0092-5/6 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0093
MAINTENANCE AFTER FORDING
INITIAL SETUP:
Grease Gun (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 4)
Wrench 17 mm (WP 0095, Table 2, Item 17)
References
LO 5-3805-294-13 (WP 0094)
Materials/Parts
Grease, Automotive and Artillery
Equipment Condition
(WP 0094)
Personnel Required
Time to Complete
0.5 Hour(s)
DRAINING MUD OR WATER

1.
Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and washers (Figure 1, Item 2) from cover (Figure 1, Item 3).
1, 2
3, 4
5
HYEX03286
Figure 1.
Draining Mud or Water.
2.
Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 3) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 4) from machine (Figure 1, Item 5) and allow mud
or water to completely drain.
3.
Remove any contaminated grease.
4.
Install cover (Figure 1, Item 3) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 4) to machine (Figure 1, Item 5) with two bolts (Figure
1, Item 1) and washers (Figure 1, Item 2).
0093-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
DRAINING MUD OR WATER - Continued
5.
If grease was removed, notify field level maintenance to service swing gear and swing bearing.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0093-2
0093
TM 5-3805-294-10
CHAPTER 6
OPERATOR SUPPORTING INFORMATION
NSN 3805-01-573-0677
TM 5-3805-294-10
0094
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This work package lists all field manuals, forms, technical manuals, and miscellaneous publications referenced in
this manual.
ARMY REGULATIONS
AR 25-52
Authorized Abbreviations and Brevity Codes
AR 310-25
Dictionary of United States Army Terms
AR 385-40
Accident Reporting and Records
AR 385-55
Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents
AR 700-138
Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability
DEPARTMENT OF ARMY PAMPHLETS (DA PAM)

DA PAM 25-30
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms
DA PAM 750-8
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)

Users Manual
FIELD MANUALS
FM 1-02
Military Symbols
FM 3-11.5
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear

Decontamination
FM 3-97.6
Mountain Operations
FM 4-25.11
First Aid
FM 7-1
Military Training Management
FM 9-207
Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Material in Cold

Weather (0F to -65F)
FM 20-3
Camouflage
FM 21-305
Manual for Wheeled Vehicle Driver
FM 31-70
Basic Cold Weather
FM 31-71
Northern Operations
FM 38-700 & 701
Preservation and Packing of Military Supplies and Equipment
FM 55-15
Transportation Reference Data
FM 90-3
Desert Operations
0094-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0094
FORMS
DA Form 2404
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet
DA Form 2408-9
Equipment Control Record
DA Form 5988-E
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance (Electronic)

Worksheet
DD Form 1149
Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document
DD Form 1266
Request for Special Hauling Permit
DD Form 250
Material Inspection and Receiving Report
SF 368
Product Quality Deficiency Report
MILITARY HANDBOOK (MIL-HDBK)

MIL-HDBK-1791
Designing for Internal Aerial Delivery in Fixed Winged Aircraft
MILITARY STANDARD (MIL-STD)

MIL-STD-810
Enviromental Test Methods and Engineering Guidelines
MIL-STD-1366
Interface Standard for Transportability Criteria
TECHNICAL BULLLITENS
TB 5-3805-294-13
Warranty Program for Hydraulic Excavator 240D LC
TB 9-2300-281-35
Standards for Overseas Shipment or Domestic Issue of

Special Purpose Vehicles
TB 43-0209
Color, Marking, and Camouflage Painting of Military Vehicles,

Construction Equipment, and Materials Handling Equipment
TB 43-0216
Safety and Hazard Warnings for Operation and Maintenance

of TACOM Equipment
TB 55-45
Certification of Military Equipment for Transport in AMC/

CRAF Aircraft
TB 740-97-2
Preservation of USAMECOM Mechanical Equipment for

Shipment and Storage
TECHNICAL MANUALS
LO 5-3805-294-13
Lubrication Instructions for the Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX)
TM 5-3805-295-13&P
Operator's and Field Level Maintenance Manual for

Supplemental Armor Set for Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX)
(John Deere 240D LCR)
0094-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0094
TECHNICAL MANUALS - Continued

TM 9-2330-381-13
Operator and Field Maintenance Manual for the Semitrailer,

Transporter, Heavy Equipment
TM 21-40
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Defense
TM 38-250/AFR 71-4
Preparation of Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipment
TM 55-2200-001-12
Transportability Guidance for Application of Blocking, Bracing

and Tiedown Materiels for Rail Transport
TM 750-244-6
Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to

Prevent Enemy Use
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0094-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0095
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists COEI and BII for the Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX) to help you inventory items for safe
operation of the equipment.
General
The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists:
Components of End Item (COEI). This list is for information purposes only and is not authority to requisition
replacements. These items are part of the HYEX. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item
whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Items of COEI are removed and separately
packaged for transportation or shipment only when necessary. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify
the items.
Basic Issue Items (BII). These essential items are required to place the (HYEX) in operation, operate it, and to do
emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the Hydraulic Excavator during
operation and when it is transferred between property accounts. Listing these items is your authority to request/
requisition them for replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE. Illustrations are furnished
to help you find and identify the items.
Explanation of Columns in the COEI List and BII List
Column (1) Item Number. Gives you the reference number of the item listed.
Column (2) National Stock Number (NSN) and Illustration. Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for
requisitioning purposes and provides an illustration of the item.
Column (3) Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name (in initial capital letters) followed
by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial
and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).
Column (4) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different
models of equipment. There are no usable on codes for this equipment.
Column (5) U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National
Stock Number shown in column (2).
Column (6) Qty Rqr. Indicates the quantity required.
0095-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
0095
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
ITEM
NUMBER
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

(NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION
DESCRIPTION, PART
NUMBER/(CAGEC)
USABLE
ON CODE
U/I
QTY
RQR
Ditch Cleaning Bucket

C909323-623315 (8U941)
EA
Quick Latch
C909332(1J955)
EA
Rock Bucket, 42 in.

909325-623327(8U941)
EA
Hydraulic Thumb
70N0013(3PSD7)
EA
HYEX01340
2540-01-478-1207
HYEX01359
HYEX01341
HYEX01360
0095-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
0095
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
ITEM
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION, PART
NUMBER/(CAGEC)
USABLE
ON CODE
U/I
QTY
RQR
EA
2590-01-474-7812
Vandal Protection Kit

AP33356 (75755)
HYEX01342
0095-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 2.
0095
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
ITEM
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION, PART
NUMBER/(CAGEC)
USABLE
ON CODE
U/I
QTY
RQR
Bag, Mason
204900 (3PSD7)
EA
Cap
811438500 (1BVQ2)
EA
Cap, Pin
U42984 (3PSD7)
EA
Gun, Grease, Lever Action, 12

in. (304.8 mm)
7Y26518 (3PSD7)
EA
Hammer, Hand, 3 lb (1.36 kg)

B3-3LB(72987)
EA
Operator's Manual TM
5-3805-294-10
EA
Plug, Hex 37 Degree Flare, -12

205324(1BVQ2)
EA
Plug, Hex 37 Degree Flare, -6

R39783 (3PSD7)
EA
HYEX03287
HYEX03288
HYEX03289
4
HYEX01349
5
HYEX03327
6
TM 5-3805-294-10
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR (HYEX)

(JOHN DEERE 240D LCR)
TYPE 1 WITH HYDRAULIC THUMB AND QUICK LATCH
NSN 3805-01-573-0677 (EIC : ALL)
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

XXXX XXXX
HYEX01339
HYEX03290
8
HYEX03291
0095-4
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 2.
0095
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
ITEM
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION, PART
NUMBER/(CAGEC)
USABLE
ON CODE
U/I
QTY
RQR
Punch, Drift
70-195(08292)
EA
Tape, Measuring 25 FT
68-445 (08292)
EA
Screwdriver, Pry Bar, 12 in.

(305 mm) Long
B107.60 (05047)
EA
Tooth, Surface Ripping

TX400 (1J955)
EA
Vice Grips
67-460 (08292)
EA
Wrench, Open End, 3 in. (76

mm)
T183966 (75755)
EA
5120 -01-434-9835
HYEX03325
10
5210-01-434-9515
HYEX03326
11
5120 -01-434-9171
HYEX01348
12
3815-01-475-0710
HYEX03292
13
HYEX01355
14
HYEX01346
0095-5
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 2.
0095
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
ITEM
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION, PART
NUMBER/(CAGEC)
USABLE
ON CODE
U/I
QTY
RQR
Wrench, Open End, 2 1/2 in.

(63.5 mm)
AT189507 (75755)
EA
Wrench, Allen, 5 mm (0.196

in.)
B18.3.2M (05047)
EA

52-217 (08292)
EA

52-224 (08292)
EA
Wrench, Open End,

Adjustable, 0.95 in. (24 mm)
Jaw Opening, 15 in. (381 mm)
Long
11655778-3 (19207)
EA
15
HYEX01345
16
5120-01-045-4889
HYEX01344
17
HYEX01356
18
5120 - 01-581-3318
HYEX01356
19
5120-00-240-5328
HYEX01343
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0095-6
TM 5-3805-294-10
0096
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This work package lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX).
GENERAL
This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the HYEX and that do not have to be turned in with it. These
items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.
Explanation of Columns in the AAL
Column (1) - National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning
purposes.
Column (2) - Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name (in Initial capital letters) followed
by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial
and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).
Column (3) - Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different
models of equipment.
Column (4) - Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National
Column (5) - Quantity Recommended (Qty Recom). Indicates the quantity recommended.
Table 1.
Additional Authorization List.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER (NSN)
DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/

(CAGEC)
USABLE ON
CODE
U/I
QTY RECOM
EA
Compactor
IHC 00130FT (1N0L6)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0096-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0097
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST
Introduction
Scope
This work package lists expendable/durable supplies and materials you will need to operate and maintain the
Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX). This list is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These
items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and
Heraldic Items), CTA 50-909, Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment or CTA 8-100, Army Medical
Department Expendable/Durable Items.
Explanation of Columns in the Expandable/Durable Items List
Column (1) - Item Number
This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the initial setup narrative instructions to identify
the material.
Column (2) - Level
This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C -- Operator/Crew
F -- Field
H -- Below Depot
D -- Depot
Column (3) - National Stock Number (NSN)

This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to requisition it.
Column (4) Item Name, Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number
(P/N)
This column provides the other information you need to identify the item. The last line below the description is the
part number and the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).
Column (5) - Unit of Issue (U/I)
Unit of Issue (U/I) code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.
Table 1.
Expendable and Durable Items List
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
ITEM
NO.
LEVEL
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER (NSN)
ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/

(CAGEC)
U/I
6850-01-441-3248
Antifreeze, Permanent, Type: Arctic Grade 55-Gallon

Drum
A-A-52624 (58536)
0097-1
DR
TM 5-3805-294-10
Table 1.
0097
Expendable and Durable Items List - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
ITEM
NO.
LEVEL
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER (NSN)
ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/

(CAGEC)
U/I
6850-01-441-3257
Antifreeze, Permanent, Ethylene Glycol, Inhibited 5Gallon Can

A-A-52624 (58536)
CO
8125-01-193-3440
Bottle, Oil Sample

M44054 TYPE III (81349)
BX
6850-00-926-2275
Cleaning Compound, Windshield 1-pt Can

0854-000 (0FTT5)
BX
9130-01-031-5816
Fuel, JP8 Bulk

MILT83133 GR JP8 (81349)
GL
9140-01-413-7511
Fuel, DF-2, Regular Bulk

W-F-800 (81348)
GL
9140-00-286-5294
Fuel, DF-2, Regular Bulk

ASTM D 975 (58536)
GL
9140-01-412-1311
Fuel, DF-1, Winter Bulk

W-F-800 (81348)
GL
9140-00-286-5286
Fuel, DF-1, Winter Bulk

AA52557-1 (58536)
GL
10
9150-01-197-7688
Grease, Automotive and Artillery, GAA 2-1/4-oz Tube

M-10924-A (81349)
TU
11
9150-00-111-6256
Lubricating Oil, OEA Ice, Subzero 1-qt Can

MIL-PRF-46170 (81349)
QT
12
9150-00-111-6255
Lubricating Oil, OEA Ice, Subzero 5-gal Can

MIL-PRF-46170 (81349)
GL
13
9150-01-438-6076
Lubricating Oil, Engine OE/HDO 15W-40 1-qt Can

MIL-PRF-2104 (81349)
QT
14
9150-00-973-9504
Penetrating Oil Can, 8 oz Can

L3 (77628)
CN
15
7920-00-148-9666
Rag, Wiping
7920-00-148-9666 (80244)
BE
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0097-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0098
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS (SPK) LIST
SCOPE
This work package lists the Special Purpose Kits (SPKs) for support of the Hydraulic Excavator (HYEX) Type 1.
Where to find operation instructions and troubleshooting procedures for the SPKs are also provided.
OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR SPKS
For instructions on how to select the SPKs on the operators monitor, go to Selecting an Attachment On the
Monitor (WP 0018).
To operate the SPKs go to Operating the Barrier Grapple (WP 0022), Installing and Operating the Compactor and
Breaker (WP 0020), or Installing and Operating the Crush-All (WP 0019).
The Deep Dig Arm and associated Excavator Bucket or Scoop Type Loader Bucket must be installed on the HYEX
Type 1 by Field Maintenance. To operate the Deep Dig Arm, go to Operating the Deep Dig Arm (WP 0023).
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR SPKS
To find troubleshooting procedures for the SPK items, go to the Troubleshooting Index (WP 0037).
INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS LIST
Special Purpose Kits (SPK) listed in Table 1 are for information purposes only and are not the authority to requisition
replacements. These items are part of the HYEX Type 1, but they are removed and separately packaged for
transportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or
transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TABLE 1
Column (1) Item Number. Gives you the reference number of the item listed.
Column (2) National Stock Number (NSN) and Illustration. Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for
requisitioning purposes and provides an illustration of the item.
Column (3) Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name followed by a minimum description
when needed. The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial and Government Entity
Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).
Column (4) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different
models of equipment. There are no usable on codes for this equipment.
Column (5) U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National
Column (6) QTY RQD. Indicates the quantity required.
0098-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0098
SCOPE - Continued
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS
Table 1.
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
Special Purpose Kits.

(3)
DESCRIPTION,
PART NUMBER/(CAGEC)
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)
U/I
(6)
QTY
RQD
Arm, Long Reach

502113 (1BVQ2)
EA
Barrier Grapple
KL16000-1 (1V7ZO)
EA
Breaker, Impact
205146 (1BVQ2)
EA
Counterweight
305156 (1BVQ2)
EA
HYEX02525
HYEX02522
3830-01-585-2734
HYEX02520
HYEX02526
0098-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0098
SCOPE - Continued
Table 1.
5
Special Purpose Kits - Continued.

Crush-All
502063 (1BVQ2)
EA
Excavator Bucket (Deep Dig)

70G0001 (3PSD7)
EA
Bucket, Scoop Loader (Deep Dig)

70G0002 (3PSD7)
EA
HYEX02521
HYEX02523
HYEX02524
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0098-3/4 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0099
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTES
Troubleshooting Notes
This paragraph contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting some operating troubles which may
develop in the HYEX. This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur, nor can it include all tests,
inspections, and corrective actions. Notify field maintenance personnel if a malfunction is not listed, unless a
malfunction and cause are obvious or the malfunction can be corrected by a corrective action that is already listed.
Procedures. The troubleshooting symptom index lists possible malfunctions that may be experienced during
operation of machine or components. Each malfunction for an individual component, unit, or system is followed by
a list of tests or inspections and corrective actions.
Lubrication. When instructions to lubricate, grease, oil, or add oil appear in the troubleshooting table, refer to Operator
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services. (WP 0077)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0099-1/2 blank
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HYEX TRANSPORTABILITY INSTRUCTIONS
HYEX TRANSPORTABILITY INSTRUCTIONS.

The HYEX can be transported via highway, rail, marine, C-5, and C-17 air transport and meets all weight and
dimensional requirements while in its standard configuration with no reduction or sectionalization required.
TRANSPORTABILITY RELATED PUBLICATIONS.
Additional information on transport procedures can be found in:
1. TB 9-2300-281-35, Standards for Overseas Shipment or Domestic Issue of Special Purpose Vehicles
WP 0094.
2. TM 38-250/AFR 71-4, Preparation of Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipment WP 0094.
TRANSPORTABILITY RELATED DEFINITIONS.
Technical terms that may be helpful while preparing the HYEX for transportation are:
1. Center of Gravity (CG). The balance point of a suspended item. The HYEX counterweight is used to shift
CG to the rear.
2. Curb Weight (CW). Total weight of operational HYEX including fuel, all system fluids, and on-vehicle Basic
Issue Items (BII). CW does not include crew weight, which in this case, is less than one percent of the gross
vehicle weight.
3. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). CW plus payload. For transport purposes, there is no payload. Therefore, the
GVW equals the CW.
MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION.
The Military Load Classifications (MLC) for the HYEX are as follows:
1. HYEX Standard Cab System - MLC 32
2. HYEX Armored Cab System - MLC 34
HYEX03197
Figure 1.
Military Load Classification.
0100-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HYEX SHIPPING WEIGHT.

1. HYEX with Standard Cab shipping weight, without bucket or attachment = 58,900 lbs
2. HYEX with Armored Cab shipping weight without bucket or attachment = 63,000 lbs
HYEX HIGHWAY TRANSPORTABILITY.
NOTE
The HYEX is self-propelled at speeds up to 3.4 mph.
The unit transportation officer must contact local authorities to ensure the HYEX is not
required to have special permits prior to highway transporting.
The HYEX transport height is 10 feet 1 inch so it is capable of normal highway transport on trailers that have a bed
height of 40 inches or less. HYEX is transportable on common military trailers, especially the M870A1 and M870A3.
The HYEX is outfitted with a hydraulic quick latch for rapid exchange of attachments. HYEX can normally be
transported over the road with any of the standard buckets attached. Attaching the Crush-All for shipment may cause
the HYEX to exceed the 13 feet 6 inches transport height requirement.
33 FT. 4 IN. [10.15 M]

11 FT. 1 IN. [3.39 M]
10 FT. 1 IN. [3.07 M]
HYEX01365
Figure 2.
HYEX Dimensions.
HYEX RAIL TRANSPORTABILITY.

Due to the 30 inch track shoe requirement, the HYEX will have to be subjected to restrictive routes for rail movements.
The HYEX may easily be rail transported via routes subjected to DOD clearance diagrams. HYEX can be transported
via rail with any of the standard buckets attached.
HYEX MARINE TRANSPORTABILITY.
The HYEX can be shipped as roll-on/roll-off, LASH, SEABEE, water-way barge, or boat. On deck storage is
permissible with some protection for cylinder rods. The HYEX height of 10 feet 1 inch allows the sea shipment within
the LASH lighter.
0100-2
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HYEX LIFTING AND TIE DOWN PROVISIONS.

HYEX Transportation Data Plate shows location of the lifting points, tie down points, and machine center of gravity
(CG).
TRANSPORTATION DATA
GROSS WEIGHT
EQUIPMENT TIEDOWN DESIGN LIMIT LOAD
LIFTING DESIGN LIMIT LOAD
-
60,000 LB.
NO. OF SLINGS REQUIRED

LENGTH OF SLINGS
4
12 FT.
EQUIPMENT TIEDOW PROVISIONS

LIFTING PROVISIONS
SWING CENTERLINE
44 MM [1.7 IN.]
CENTER OF
GRAVITY
1212 MM [47.5 IN.]

HYEX03192
Figure 3.
HYEX Transportation Data Plate.
The following values are the HYEX Design Load Capabilities:

1. TieDown Provisions 1 and 2;
a. Longitudinal = 92,250 lbs
b. Vertical = 124,200 lbs
2. Tie Down Provisions 3 and 4;
a. Longitudinal = 110.250 lbs
b. Vertical = 110,250 lbs
3. Lift Provisions;
a. Rated design limit = 60,000 lbs, each shackle
b. Ultimate design factor 5:1
0100-3
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HYEX LIFTING AND TIE DOWN PROVISIONS - Continued.
HYEX LIFT AND TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
TIE
DOWN
2
TIE
DOWN
4
TIE
DOWN
3
CAB
TIE
DOWN
1
LIFT POINTS
=TIE DOWN 1
=TIE DOWN 2
=TIE DOWN 3
=TIE DOWN 4
HYEX03063
Figure 4. HYEX Lifting and Tie Down Points.

Table 1. HYEX Lift and Tie Down Information.
Provision
QTY
Location (Relative to CG)
1 - Tie Down
39 in. forward
30 in. below
56 in.
2 - Tie Down
26 in. forward
25 in. below
7 in.
3 - Tie Down
43 in. aft
30 in. below
56 in.
4 - Tie Down
30 in. aft
25 in. below
7 in.
Lift Points
120 in. aft
5 in. below
15 in.
0100-4
Lateral
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HIGHWAY:
Figure (5) shows the HYEX on an M870 semi trailer. The top view also shows a possible M870 tie down configuration.
The front view shows the HYEX is at or below the maximum height restriction for highway transport.
1 FOOT EXTENSION
BOTH SIDES
13 FT. 6 IN. HEIGHT CLEARANCE LINE
M870
TRAILER
SECTION A-A
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR, CRAWLER MOUNTED, TYPE I
JOHN DEERE MODEL 240D LCR
Figure 5.
M870 Loading.
0100-5
HYEX03073
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HIGHWAY: - Continued
Figure (6) shows the HYEX on an M870A1 semi trailer. The top view also shows a possible M870A1 tie down
configuration. The front view shows the HYEX is at or below the maximum height restriction for highway transport.
1 FOOT EXTENSION
BOTH SIDES
A
M870A1
TRAILER
SECTION A-A
Figure 6.
M870A1 Loading.
0100-6
HYEX03072
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
Figure (7) shows the HYEX on an M870A3 semi trailer. The top view also shows a possible M870A3 tie down
configuration. The front view shows the HYEX is at or below the maximum height restriction for highway transport.
A
M870A3
TRAILER
SECTION A-A
Figure 7.
M870A3 Loading.
0100-7
HYEX03069
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
RAIL:
HYEX is equipped with 30 inch track shoes, which require the HYEX to have special rail routing. The armored HYEX
has the same exterior dimensions as the standard cab model, so the armored cab version was not shown in the GIC
envelope. The HYEX requires special routing for rail systems requiring the GIC dimensions. Figures (8), (9), and
(10) show the HYEX modeled in various rail envelopes.
HYEX RAIL DIAGRAM
51.4 INCH
HIGH
RAILCAR
GIC RAIL CLEARANCE

WITH STANDARD CAB
HYEX03078
Figure 8. GIC Rail Clearance.
0100-8
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
RAIL: - Continued
HYEX RAIL DIAGRAMS
AAR RAIL CLEARANCE

WITH STANDARD CAB
DOD RAIL CLEARANCE

WITH STANDARD CAB
HYEX03080
Figure 9.
Standard Cab Clearance.
0100-9
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
RAIL: - Continued
HYEX RAIL DIAGRAMS
AAR RAIL CLEARANCE

WITH ARMORED CAB
DOD RAIL CLEARANCE

WITH ARMORED CAB
HYEX03064
Figure 10. Armored Cab Clearance.

Figures (11) and (12) show the proposed HYEX tie down configurations on the HTTX railcar.
HYEX01370
Figure 11. HTTX Railcar Loading Overhead View.
0100-10
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
RAIL: - Continued
HYEX01371
Figure 12.
HTTX Railcar Loading Side View.
AIR:
The HYEX meets the requirements of MIL-HDBK-1791, Designing for Internal Aerial Delivery in Fixed Winged
Aircraft (WP 0094) for transport on C-17 and C-5 aircraft.
Figure (13) shows model of the HYEX, both standard and armored cab, inside the C-5 aircraft design envelope. The
model shows that the HYEX does not require disassembly for transportation on the C-5 aircraft.
HYEX DIAGRAMS INSIDE C-5 AIRCRAFT

STANDARD CAB
ARMORED CAB
LOAD RAMP CLEARANCE
GROUND
PLANE
BOOM RAISED 152.4mm (6 inches)

ABOVE GROUND PLANE
Figure 13.

ABOVE GROUND PLANE
HYEX03066
C-5 Aircraft Loading.
0100-11
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
AIR: - Continued
Figure (14) shows model of the HYEX, both standard and armored cab, inside the C-17 aircraft design envelope.
The model shows that the HYEX does not require any disassembly for transportation on the C-17 aircraft.
HYEX DIAGRAMS INSIDE C-17 AIRCRAFT
STANDARD CAB
ARMORED CAB
LOAD RAMP CLEARANCE
LOAD RAMP CLEARANCE
GROUND
PLANE

ABOVE GROUND PLANE

ABOVE GROUND PLANE
HYEX03065
Figure 14. C-17 Aircraft Loading.

MARINE:
Marine tie-down restraint depends on the size of the ship (decreasing on larger vessels), the expected sea state to
be encountered, and the stow location of a given ship. Generally, the restraint required will increase for locations
high and forward (or aft) in the ship. The most severe conditions will occur on exposed "weather decks," where strong
wind and wet conditions add to the problem. A ships crew may require additional lashing on exposed decks. Belowdeck locations that are closer to the vessels center of gravity and rotation will experience less severe motion.
HYEX01372
Figure 15.
Marine Loading.
0100-12
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HYEX STANDARD BUCKET AND SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS (SPK) TRANSPORTABILITY.

All HYEX attachments have lifting and tie-down provisions included for ease in preparing for transport. The standard
HYEX quick latch system enables ease in changing attachments. The HYEX attachments can be directly chained
down to railcar/trailer for transport.
HYEX Attachments Weights are as follows:
1. Standard Rock Bucket, 42 in. = 3,000 lb (1361 kg)
2. Standard Ditch Cleaning Bucket = 2,337 lb (1060 kg)
3. Impact Breaker = 4,970 lb (2254 kg)
4. Crush-All = 7,450 lb (3379 kg)
5. Barrier Grapple = 870 lb (395 kg)
6. Plate Compactor = 2,200 lb (998 kg)
7. Deep Dig Arm = 3,440 lb (1560 kg)
STANDARD BUCKET TIE DOWN PROVISIONS.
Figure (16) shows the Standard Rock Bucket lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
HYEX03083
Figure 16.
Standard Rock Bucket.
0100-13
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
STANDARD BUCKET TIE DOWN PROVISIONS - Continued.

Figure (17) shows the Standard Ditch Cleaning Bucket lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
Figure 17.
HYEX03087
Standard Ditch Cleaning Bucket.
HIGHWAY:
Figure (18) shows the Standard Buckets on an M870A1 semi trailer. The top view also shows a possible M870A1
tie down configuration.
0100-14
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
HYEX STANDARD BUCKETS

ON M870A1 TRAILER
HYEX03071
Figure 18. Standard Buckets Loaded On M870A1.

Figure (19) shows the Standard Buckets on an M870A3 semi trailer. The top view also shows a possible M870A3
tie down configuration.
HYEX STANDARD BUCKETS
ON M870A3 TRAILER
HYEX03068
Figure 19. Standard Buckets Loaded On M870A3.
0100-15
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS (SPK) LIFTING AND TIE DOWN PROVISIONS.

Figure (20) shows the Deep Dig Arm lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS

HYEX03089
Figure 20.
Deep Dig Arm.
Figure (21) shows the Deep Dig Bucket lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
Figure 21.
HYEX03086
Deep Dig Bucket.
Figure (22) shows the Deep Dig Ditch Cleaning Bucket lifting and tie-down provisions.
0100-16
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS (SPK) LIFTING AND TIE DOWN PROVISIONS - Continued.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
HYEX03085
Figure 22.
Deep Dig Ditch Cleaning Bucket.
0100-17
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
Figure (23) shows the Crush-All lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
HYEX03084
Figure 23.
Crush-All.
Figure (24) shows the Compactor lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS

Figure 24.
Compactor.
0100-18
HYEX03082
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
Figure (25) shows the Impact Breaker lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS

Figure 25.
HYEX03081
Impact Breaker.
Figure (26) shows the Barrier Grapple lifting and tie-down provisions.
TIE DOWN PROVISIONS
HYEX03147
Figure 26.
Barrier Grapple.
0100-19
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
CRUSH-ALL TIE DOWNS FOR HIGHWAY TRANSPORT.

Figure (27) shows the Crush-All loaded on M870A1 semi trailer. The top view also shows possible M870A1 tie down
configuration.
HYEX CRUSH-ALL ATTACHMENTS
ON M870A1 TRAILER
HYEX03070
Figure 27. Crush-All On M870A1.

Figure (28) shows the Crush-All loaded on M870A3 semi trailer. The top view also shows possible M870A3 tie down
configuration.
HYEX CRUSH-ALL
ON M870A3 TRAILER
HYEX03067
Figure 28. Crush-All On M870A3.
0100-20
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
TRANSPORTING ON RAIL.
Figures (29) through (32) shows the Standard Buckets and Special Purpose Kits loading and tie downs on a HTTX
railcar. The top view also shows possible HTTX railcar tie down configurations.
BUCKETS
ON HTTX RAILCAR
HYEX03077
Figure 29.
Standard Buckets Loaded On HTTX Railcar.
HYEX CRUSH-ALL ATTACHMENT

ON HTTX RAILCAR
HYEX03076
Figure 30.
Crush-All Loaded On HTTX Railcar.
0100-21
TM 5-3805-294-10
0100
TRANSPORTING ON RAIL - Continued.
HYEX IMPACT BREAKER, COMPACTOR, AND BARRIER GRAPPLE

ON HTTX RAILCAR
HYEX03074
Figure 31.
Impact Breaker, Compactor, and Barrier Grapple Loaded On HTTX Railcar.

HYEX DEEP DIG ATTACHMENTS
ON HTTX RAILCAR
HYEX03075
Figure 32.
Deep Dig Arm and Buckets Loaded On HTTX Railcar.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0100-22
TM 5-3805-294-10
INDEX
Subject
WP Sequence No.-Page No.
A
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)..........................................................................
ADJUSTING THE OPERATOR'S SEAT.................................................................................
AIR CONDITIONER DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................
AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER FILTER SERVICE...................................................................
AUTO-IDLE DOES NOT WORK.............................................................................................
WP 0096-1
WP 0006-1
WP 0045-1
WP 0090-1
WP 0052-1
B
BARRIER GRAPPLE DOES NOT HOLD LOAD.....................................................................
BOOM, CAB, AND DRIVE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE.......................................................
BREAKER DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................
BREAKER OPERATES SLOWLY...........................................................................................
BUCKET TEETH REPLACEMENT.........................................................................................
WP 0073-1
WP 0041-1
WP 0070-1
WP 0071-1
WP 0085-1
C
CAB DOME LIGHT DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................
CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE................................................................
CAB FUSE REPLACEMENT...................................................................................................
CAB REAR WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE...................................................................
COMPACTOR DOES NOT OPERATE...................................................................................
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS...................
CRUSH-ALL DISCHARGE MATERIAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT.................................................
CRUSH-ALL DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................
WP 0040-1
WP 0042-1
WP 0084-1
WP 0043-1
WP 0069-1
WP 0095-1
WP 0092-1
WP 0072-1
D
DECAL LOCATION GUIDE.....................................................................................................
DEEP DIG DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF MONITOR AND ALARMS.......................................................
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS.......................
DRAINING WATER AND SEDIMENT FROM FUEL TANK....................................................
WP 0027-1
WP 0074-1
WP 0005-1
WP 0004-1
WP 0091-1
E
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ABOVE NORMAL......................................................
ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START OR HARD TO START......................................
ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY EXHAUST SMOKE...................................
ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE.....................................................
ENGINE IDLES POORLY.......................................................................................................
ENGINE NOT DEVELOPING FULL POWER.........................................................................
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW..............................................................................................
ENGINE RUNS POORLY........................................................................................................
ENGINE STOPS WHEN TRAVEL OR CONTROL LEVER ACTUATED................................
ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK...................................................................................................
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA..............................................................................
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION......................................................................................
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION.........................................................................................
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST.........................................................................
Index-1
WP 0055-1
WP 0046-1
WP 0056-1
WP 0057-1
WP 0051-1
WP 0053-1
WP 0054-1
WP 0048-1
WP 0067-1
WP 0047-1
WP 0002-1
WP 0049-1
WP 0050-1
WP 0097-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
INDEX - Continued
Subject
F
FORDING THE HYEX.............................................................................................................
FRESH AIR FILTER SERVICE...............................................................................................
WP 0036-1
WP 0089-1
G
GENERAL INFORMATION.....................................................................................................
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS........................................................................
GENERAL MONITOR OPERATION.......................................................................................
WP 0001-1
WP 0078-1
WP 0013-1
H
HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS ARE SLOW OR HAVE LITTLE OR NO POWER........................
HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................
HYDRAULIC OIL FOAMS.......................................................................................................
HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEATS..............................................................................................
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR SERVICE.....................................................................................
HYEX TRANSPORTABILITY INSTRUCTIONS......................................................................
WP 0059-1
WP 0075-1
WP 0062-1
WP 0061-1
WP 0088-1
WP 0100-1
I
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE COMPACTOR............................................................
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE CRUSH-ALL...............................................................
INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE IMPACT BREAKER....................................................
INTRODUCTION - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)......
WP 0021-1
WP 0019-1
WP 0020-1
WP 0076-1
L
LIFTING WITH HYEX..............................................................................................................
LOOSENING TRACK TENSION.............................................................................................
LOW NOTE AND HIGH NOTE HORNS DO NOT OPERATE.................................................
LOWERING BOOM WITHOUT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.....................................................
WP 0015-1
WP 0082-1
WP 0044-1
WP 0029-1
M
MAINTENANCE AFTER FORDING........................................................................................
MOVING MACHINE ON/OFF AN EMBANKMENT.................................................................
MOVING THE HYEX...............................................................................................................
MOVING UP/DOWN STEEP OR SLIPPERY SLOPES..........................................................
WP 0093-1
WP 0024-1
WP 0008-1
WP 0035-1
N
NO HYDRAULIC FUNCTIONS...............................................................................................
NO SWING FUNCTION..........................................................................................................
WP 0058-1
WP 0063-1
O
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS...................................................................................
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER 32TO 5F (0TO -15C).................................................
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER 5F (-15C) OR COLDER ..............................................
OPERATING TECHNIQUES...................................................................................................
OPERATING THE BARRIER GRAPPLE................................................................................
OPERATING THE COOLANT HEATER.................................................................................
OPERATING THE DEEP DIG ARM........................................................................................
Index-2
WP 0011-1
WP 0030-1
WP 0031-1
WP 0016-1
WP 0022-1
WP 0034-1
WP 0023-1
TM 5-3805-294-10
INDEX - Continued
Subject
O
OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC HOSE REEL........................................................................
OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC THUMB................................................................................
WP 0026-1
WP 0017-1
P
POWER DIG DOES NOT WORK............................................................................................
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).....................................
PRIMARY AND FINAL FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATORS SERVICE............................
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AIR CLEANER SERVICE......................................................
WP 0060-1
WP 0077-1
WP 0086-1
WP 0087-1
Q
QUICK LATCH DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................
WP 0068-1
R
REFERENCES........................................................................................................................
REMOVING AND INSTALLING BUCKET...............................................................................
WP 0094-1
WP 0014-1
S
SELECTING AN ATTACHMENT ON THE MONITOR............................................................
SHUTTING DOWN THE HYEX...............................................................................................
SHUTTING DOWN THE HYEX WITH THE DEEP DIG ARM INSTALLED.............................
SKYLIGHT WINDOW (SECONDARY EXIT) AND REAR WINDOW (EMERGENCY
EXIT).......................................................................................................................................
SLAVE STARTING..................................................................................................................
SLOW TRAVEL SPEED ONLY...............................................................................................
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS (SPK) LIST...................................................................................
STARTING THE ENGINE.......................................................................................................
SWING FUNCTION IS JERKY................................................................................................
WP 0018-1
WP 0009-1
WP 0010-1
WP 0033-1
WP 0032-1
WP 0065-1
WP 0098-1
WP 0007-1
WP 0064-1
T
TAKING ENGINE OIL SAMPLE..............................................................................................
TAKING HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLE.......................................................................................
THEORY OF OPERATION.....................................................................................................
TIGHTENING TRACK TENSION............................................................................................
TOWING THE HYEX...............................................................................................................
TRACK SAG CHECK .............................................................................................................
TRAVEL ALARM DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................
TRAVEL IS JERKY..................................................................................................................
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTES...............................................................................................
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE...........................
WP 0079-1
WP 0083-1
WP 0003-1
WP 0081-1
WP 0028-1
WP 0080-1
WP 0038-1
WP 0066-1
WP 0099-1
WP 0037-1
U
USING THE RIFLE MOUNT....................................................................................................
USING THE VANDAL PROTECTION KIT..............................................................................
WP 0012-1
WP 0025-1
W
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER DO NOT OPERATE...................................................
Index-3/4 blank
WP 0039-1
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS

AND BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and

Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)
FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command

ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
Your mailing address
DATE
Date you filled out

this form.
PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
Title
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
DATE
2SHUDWRU
V0DQXDO)RU+\GUDXOLF([FDYDWRU
TM
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
LINE
NO. *
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE
Your Name
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74
0DUFK +<(;7\SH:LWK+\GUDXOLF7KXPE 4XLFN/DWFK
FIGURE TABLE
NO.
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON

(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION
Signature
Your Signature
REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.
USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
U. S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command

DATE
Date you filled out this
form
Your address
PART II REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
TITLE 2SHUDWRU
V0DQXDO)RU+\GUDXOLF([FDYDWRU
DATE

0 MarFK
+<(;7\SH:LWK+\GUDXOLF7KXPE 4XLFN/DWFK
PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM

NO.
NO.
NO.
NUMBER
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
SAMPLE
PART III REMARKS
(Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
Your Name
SIGNATURE
Your Signature
USAPPC V3.00

AND BLANK FORMS

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code)
DATE

6501 East 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
DATE
TM
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
LINE
NO. *
0 MarFK
FIGURE TABLE
NO.
NO.
TITLE 2SHUDWRU
V0DQXDO)RU+\GUDXOLF([FDYDWRU+<(;
7\SH:LWK+\GUDXOLF7KXPE 4XLFN/DWFK

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS

EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00
DATE

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TITLE2SHUDWRU
DATE
TM
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE

NO.
NO.
NUMBER
PART III REMARKS
0 MarFK 0
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00

AND BLANK FORMS

DATE

DATE
TM
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
LINE
NO. *
0 MarFK
FIGURE TABLE
NO.
NO.
TITLE 2SHUDWRU


EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00
DATE

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TITLE2SHUDWRU
DATE
TM
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.

NO.
NO.
NUMBER
PART III REMARKS
0 MarFK 0
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00

AND BLANK FORMS

DATE

DATE
TM
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
LINE
NO. *
0 MarFK
FIGURE TABLE
NO.
NO.
TITLE 2SHUDWRU


EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00
DATE

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TITLE2SHUDWRU
DATE
TM
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.

NO.
NO.
NUMBER
PART III REMARKS
0 MarFK 0
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00

AND BLANK FORMS

DATE

DATE
TM
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
LINE
NO. *
0 MarFK
FIGURE TABLE
NO.
NO.
TITLE 2SHUDWRU


EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00
DATE

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TITLE2SHUDWRU
DATE
TM
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.

NO.
NO.
NUMBER
PART III REMARKS
0 MarFK 0
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
SIGNATURE
USAPPC V3.00
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.

General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1103409
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 257856
requirements for TM 5-3805-294-10.
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS

LINEAR MEASURE
1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches
1 Meter = 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles
SQUARE MEASURE
1 Sq Centimeter = 100 Sq Millimeters = 0.155 Sq Inches
1 Sq Meter = 10,000 Sq Centimeters = 10.76 Sq Feet
1 Sq Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq Meters = 0.386 Sq Miles
WEIGHTS
1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Lb
1 Metric Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram = 1.1 Short Tons
CUBIC MEASURE
1 Cu Centimeter = 1000 Cu Millimeters = 0.06 Cu Inches
1 Cu Meter = 1,000,000 Cu Centimeters = 35.31 Cu Feet
TEMPERATURE
5/9 ( F - 32) = C
212 Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100 Celsius
90 Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2 Celsius
32 Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0 Celsius
9/5 C + 32 = F
LIQUID MEASURE
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY BY
1 CM 2
3
4
5
6
7
2.540
0.305
0.914
1.609
6.451
0.093
0.836
2.590
0.405
0.028
0.765
29.573
0.473
0.946
3.785
28.349
0.454
0.907
1.356
6.895
0.425
1.609
Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Hectometers . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Milliliters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metric Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Newton-Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilopascals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilometers per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilometers per Hour . . . . . . . . . . .
INCHES
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . .
Square Feet . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Yards . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Miles . . . . . . . . . . .
Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubic Yards . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Ounces . . . . . . . . . . .
Pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gallons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pound-Feet . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pounds/Sq Inch . . . . . . . . .
Miles per Gallon . . . . . . . .
Miles per Hour . . . . . . . . . .
TO
TO CHANGE
3
8
TO CHANGE
TO
MULTIPLY BY
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0.394
3.280
1.094
0.621
0.155
10.764
1.196
0.386
2.471
35.315
1.308
0.034
2.113
1.057
0.264
0.035
2.205
1.102
0.738
0.145
2.354
0.621
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubic Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pound-Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pounds per Sq Inch . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miles per Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miles per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sq Centimeters . . . . . . . . .
Square Meters . . . . . . . . . .
Square Meters . . . . . . . . . .
Square Kilometers . . . . . .
Sq Hectometers . . . . . . . .
Cubic Meters
.............
Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . .
Milliliters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kilograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metrication . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Newton-Meters . . . . . . . . .
Kilopascals . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Km per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . .
Km per Hour. . . . . . . . . . . .
PIN 086698-000

Excavator John Deree

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Excavator John Deree

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TM 5-3805-294-10

HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR (HYEX)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

ELECTRICAL - Electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING - Triangle with exclamation point within shows that a WARNING is

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

Loss of muscular control

5. If you see another person with exhaust poisoning symptoms:

Expose to fresh air

Keep person warm

DO NOT permit physical exercise

Administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if necessary

6. BE AWARE. The field protective mask for nuclear-biological-chemical (NBC) protection

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.+($'48$57(56

List of Abbreviations/Acronyms............................................................................................ 0001-2

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA................................................................................................... WP 0002

Right View of HYEX............................................................................................................. 0002-3

Right View of HYEX............................................................................................................. 0002-3

Left View of HYEX................................................................................................................ 0002-4

Left View of HYEX................................................................................................................ 0002-4

Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0002-5

Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0002-5

Equipment Data.................................................................................................................... 0002-6

HYEX Specifications............................................................................................................ 0002-7

HYEX Specification.............................................................................................................. 0002-7

HYEX Working Ranges........................................................................................................ 0002-8

HYEX Working Ranges........................................................................................................ 0002-9

Front Lift Capacities........................................................................................................... 0002-10

Side Lift Capacities............................................................................................................. 0002-11

HYEX Weights With Attachments...................................................................................... 0002-12

Deep Dig Arm Weights....................................................................................................... 0002-12

THEORY OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0003

Electrical System Components............................................................................................ 0003-2

Electrical System Components............................................................................................ 0003-2

Hydraulic System Components............................................................................................ 0003-3

Hydraulic System Components............................................................................................ 0003-3

Hydraulic System Components Continued........................................................................... 0003-4

Hydraulic System Components Continued........................................................................... 0003-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Powertrain Components....................................................................................................... 0003-5

Powertrain Components....................................................................................................... 0003-5

Fuel System Components.................................................................................................... 0003-6

Fuel System Components.................................................................................................... 0003-6

High-Pressure Pump and Injectors...................................................................................... 0003-7

High-Pressure Pump and Injectors...................................................................................... 0003-7

Cooling Package.................................................................................................................. 0003-8

Cooling Package.................................................................................................................. 0003-8

Cooling System Components............................................................................................... 0003-9

Cooling System Components............................................................................................... 0003-9

Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

Front Switch Panel............................................................................................................... 0004-1

Front Switch Panel............................................................................................................... 0004-1

Front Switch Panel Continued.............................................................................................. 0004-2

Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio.............................................................. 0004-3

Heater/Air Conditioner (A/C) Controller and Radio.............................................................. 0004-3